###1529611783###
||start||
id{varchar(100)*}|code{varchar(50)+}|type{varchar(50)+}|name{+}|product-url|price{double}|sale-price{double}|orderable{bit}|manufacturer{varchar(50)+}|brand{varchar(50)+}|options{mediumtext}|options-html{mediumtext}|caption{mediumtext}|headline{text+}|page-title{text+}|label{varchar(255)}|abstract{mediumtext}|info{mediumtext}|greeting{mediumtext}|message{mediumtext}|contents{mediumtext}|cross-sell{mediumtext}|pd-rating{double}|pd-rating-count{int(5)}|pd-product-review-family{+}
3m|3m|SECTIONS|"3m"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"3M is a very popular brand and when you hear 3M, maybe you automatically think of Scotch tape or even Post-It notes. Well, if you didn’t know, they even make healthcare supplies. Yes, they make healthcare supplies! With over 100 years of experience, they know how to make their customers happy with their products.
By purchasing a 3M product, you immediately know that you are purchasing a quality product, so you don’t have to worry about the integrity of the product. Placing an order for 3M products on OTC Wholesale is simple and easy! Just a few clicks and your shipment is on its way!"|"3M Healthcare Supplies"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:|3M-EKG-SNAP-ELECTRODE-2570|)"|""|||
3m-ekg-snap-electrode-2570|3m-ekg-snap-electrode-2570|PRODUCTS|"3M EKG Snap Electrode Monitoring Radiolucent 50 per Pack"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/3m-ekg-snap-electrode-2570.html"|(24.99)|||"3M"|""|""|""|"
3M EKG Snap Electrode Monitoring Radiolucent 50 per Pack
These electrodes are foam backed, round snap electrodes made by 3M. They are disposable, single use electrodes that have the dimensions of 3.5 X 4 centimeters. They are for use on adult patients. Being that they are radiolucent, this which means that you do not have to remove them off of the patient simply because they need an x-ray. Electrodes are packaged in single strips of 10 and are still good up to 30 days when out of the bag. The 3M EKG Radiolucent Snap Monitoring Electrodes are multi-purpose electrodes that are compatible for use in ambulances, Operating Rooms, and Emergency Rooms. They have a high quality adhesive that is made with low-chloride gel. They can still be applied on the patient’s skin even with moisture being present such as perspiration. Because of the high quality adhesive, these can last on the patient for up to five days, results will vary depending on conditions and circumstances. Electrodes are not made with natural rubber latex.
For hospital-wide use; especially suited for the ER, OR and Catheter Lab or ICU and Paramedics
Country of Origin: CA
3M 3M Corporate Headquarters, 3M Center, St. Paul, MN 55144-1000
"|"3M EKG Snap Electrode Monitoring Radiolucent, 50 per Pack"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
404error3||SEARCH.|"404 Error Page"|""||||""|""|""|""|"Sorry - This page cant be found. Use our search bar below to help find what you are looking for or go back to our homepage and start again."|"Sorry we can not find the page you are looking for."|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
6-hour-sleep|6-hour-sleep|SECTIONS|"6 Hour Sleep"|""|(0)||T|""|""|""|""|"6 Hour Sleep is a drug-free, pure sleep supplement that contains a blend of 12 essential sleep promoting ingredients, nutrients and minerals. Their Sleep Synergy Blend works with your natural rhythms to help you ease into a steady sleep cycle. The difference between 6 Hour Sleep and other products that claim to do the same, is that you won’t wake up groggy with 6 Hour Sleep. They want to assist you in getting that rest you so desperately deserve. We are happy to bring you this product at a price everyone can afford!"|"6 Hour Sleep"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:|6HOUR-SLEEP|)"|""|||
6hour-sleep|6hour-sleep|PRODUCTS|"6 Hour Sleep Supplement"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/6hour-sleep.html"|(2.99)|(0.54)|T|"6 Hour Sleep"|""|""|""|"
6 Hour Sleep Pure Sleep Supplement - Rest Assured
6 Hour Sleep is a sleep supplement that contains a combination of 12 natural ingredients, nutrients and minerals. This powerful blend aids the body into a natural sleep pattern. This sleep supplement is drug and sugar free with a great taste. This unique formula includes mangosteen and acai for a pure healthy dose of sleep aid. Experience falling asleep in minutes and getting a full 6 hours of relaxing sleep with this amazing sleep supplement. Available in either single 6 Hour Sleep bottles or in cases of 12 6 Hour Sleep bottles.
Questions: Call Manufacturer
at 1-855-855-2055 or Visit: www.6hoursleep.com
Features:
Fall Asleep and Stay Asleep
No Morning Grogginess
Non-habit forming
Contains Antioxidants
Drug Free
Sugar Free
Gluten Free
Zero Calories
Directions:
Drink 6 Hour Sleep 20 minutes before you want to start your night of rest.
Suggested dose is one 1.93 oz bottle in a 24 hour period for Adults
Package Includes:
Choose from:
Single - 1 of 6 Hour Sleep 1.93 fl. oz. (57 ml) Bottle
Case of 12 - 12 6 Hour Sleep 1.93 fl. oz. (57 ml) Bottles
Ingredients:
Active Ingredients: Melatonin, 5-HTP, GABA, Valerian Root, Passion Flower, Ashwagandha, Vitamin E, Chamomile, Magnesium, Lemon Balm, Mangosteen and Acai Extract.
Consult your doctor if you are taking any medications
Do not drive or operate heavy machinery while taking this sleep aid
It is not recommended to consume more than 1 serving in a 24 hour period.
Seeks Physis LLC
28001 Dorothy Drive
Agoura, CA 91301 www.6hoursleep.com
"|"6 Hour Sleep Supplement|Single or Case"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:|6HOUR-SLEEP-CASE| :|6HOUR-SLEEP-SINGLE|)"|""|||
6hour-sleep-single|6hour-sleep-single|PRODUCTS|"6 Hour Sleep Supplement - 1.93 fl oz - Epires 3/2018"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/6hour-sleep-single.html"|(2.99)|(0.54)||"6 Hour Sleep"|""|""|""|"
6 Hour Sleep Pure Sleep Supplement - Rest Assured
6 Hour Sleep is a sleep supplement that contains a combination of 12 natural ingredients, nutrients and minerals. This powerful blend aids the body into a natural sleep pattern. This sleep supplement is drug and sugar free with a great taste. This unique formula includes mangosteen and acai for a pure healthy dose of sleep aid. Experience falling asleep in minutes and getting a full 6 hours of relaxing sleep with this amazing sleep supplement. Available in either single 6 Hour Sleep bottles or in cases of 12 6 Hour Sleep bottles.
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-855-855-2055 or Visit: www.6hoursleep.com
Features:
Fall Asleep and Stay Asleep
No Morning Grogginess
Non-habit forming
Contains Antioxidants
Drug Free
Sugar Free
Gluten Free
Zero Calories
Directions:
Drink 6 Hour Sleep 20 minutes before you want to start your night of rest.
Suggested dose is one 1.93 oz bottle in a 24 hour period for Adults
Package Includes:
Choose from:
Single - 1 of 6 Hour Sleep 1.93 fl. oz. (57 ml) Bottle
Case of 12 - 12 6 Hour Sleep 1.93 fl. oz. (57 ml) Bottles
Ingredients:
Active Ingredients: Melatonin, 5-HTP, GABA, Valerian Root, Passion Flower, Ashwagandha, Vitamin E, Chamomile, Magnesium, Lemon Balm, Mangosteen and Acai Extract.
Consult your doctor if you are taking any medications
Do not drive or operate heavy machinery while taking this sleep aid
It is not recommended to consume more than 1 serving in a 24 hour period.
Seeks Physis LLC 28001 Dorothy Drive Agoura, CA 91301 www.6hoursleep.com
"|"6 Hour Sleep Supplement - 1.93 fl oz - 1 each - Epires 3/2018"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
6hour-sleep-case|6hour-sleep-case|PRODUCTS|"6 Hour Sleep Supplement - 1.93 fl oz case of 12 - Epires 3/2018"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/6hour-sleep-case.html"|(28.99)|(5.99)||"6 Hour Sleep"|""|""|""|"
6 Hour Sleep Pure Sleep Supplement - Rest Assured
6 Hour Sleep is a sleep supplement that contains a combination of 12 natural ingredients, nutrients and minerals. This powerful blend aids the body into a natural sleep pattern. This sleep supplement is drug and sugar free with a great taste. This unique formula includes mangosteen and acai for a pure healthy dose of sleep aid. Experience falling asleep in minutes and getting a full 6 hours of relaxing sleep with this amazing sleep supplement. Available in either single 6 Hour Sleep bottles or in cases of 12 6 Hour Sleep bottles.
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-855-855-2055 or Visit: www.6hoursleep.com
Features:
Fall Asleep and Stay Asleep
No Morning Grogginess
Non-habit forming
Contains Antioxidants
Drug Free
Sugar Free
Gluten Free
Zero Calories
Directions:
Drink 6 Hour Sleep 20 minutes before you want to start your night of rest.
Suggested dose is one 1.93 oz bottle in a 24 hour period for Adults
Package Includes:
Choose from:
Single - 1 of 6 Hour Sleep 1.93 fl. oz. (57 ml) Bottle
Case of 12 - 12 6 Hour Sleep 1.93 fl. oz. (57 ml) Bottles
Ingredients:
Active Ingredients: Melatonin, 5-HTP, GABA, Valerian Root, Passion Flower, Ashwagandha, Vitamin E, Chamomile, Magnesium, Lemon Balm, Mangosteen and Acai Extract.
Insert batteries correctly. Make sure that the "+" and "-" terminals are aligned properly. Put the charger into the correct household AC electronic outlet, the red led will light up for proper charging.
Charging Status:
The red led will light up when the batteries are charging, and it will continuously charge.
This is a trickle charger, it takes an estimated 12 hours to charge a standard 200 mA battery.
The charger does not indicate a fully charged battery.
Charging time:
9V 100-120 mA - 8-10 hours
9V 150-180 mA - 12-14 hours
9V 200-230 mA - 18-20 hours
Note:
Don't move the batteries or cut off the power. If you do, it will affect the result.
Do not insert the batteries if they are not charging.
For indoor use only.
Keep out of reach of children.
Do not use another type of batteries.
Keep away from fire or direct sunlight.
This information may not be the most up-to-date please refer to manufacturer's directions included. We cannot be held liable for changes due to manufacturer revisions.
Warnings:
For 9V rechargeable batteries only.
For indoor use only. Do not expose charger to moisture or high temperature
Always unplug the charger from outlet before attempting maintenance or cleaning
"|"9V Super Heavy Duty Alkaline Battery"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
koalaty-aabatt|koalaty-aabatt|PRODUCTS|"AA Super Heavy Duty Alkaline Battery - 4 ea"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/koalaty-aabatt.html"|(2.99)||T|"Current Solutions"|""|""|""|"
Super Heavy Duty Alkaline AA Battery Long Lasting Power
Do not recharge, disassemble, dispose of in fire, put in backwards, mix with used or other battery types. May explode or leak and cause personal injury.
"|"AA Super Heavy Duty Alkaline Battery - 4 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
koalaty-aabatthd|koalaty-aabatthd|PRODUCTS|"AA Super Heavy Duty Battery - 4 ea"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/koalaty-aabatthd.html"|(1.99)||T|"Current Solutions"|""|""|""|"
Do not recharge, disassemble, dispose of in fire, put in backwards, mix with used or other battery types. May explode or leak and cause personal injury.
"|"AA Super Heavy Duty Battery - 4 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
info||INFO.|"About Us"|""||||""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|"
Information
Welcome to OTCWholesale.com
OTC Wholesale is a small business dedicated to providing over-the-counter products to you for low prices. Started by Federico Arguelles in 2004 as a subsidiary of a pharmaceutical supplier, OTC Wholesale branched out to become its own company in 2006. OTC Wholesale has now grown to be a competitive distributor throughout the USA. With a strong emphasis on helping the community, OTC Wholesale believes in supporting the youth by hiring local students to allow them to gain work experience and understanding entrepreneurship.
Owner
Federico Arguelles is an alum of Mercer University. After growing his career at other companies, he decided to work on his goal of entrepreneurship by starting OTC Wholesale. Federico was able to achieve his objective and became the sole owner of OTC Wholesale. He enjoys working with kids in the local Scout programs, volunteering with the Knights of Columbus, and rock climbing at nearby gyms.
*On a side note, if you hear a dog bark on the phone, it’s just Maya. She is the company dog.
"|""|""|""|||
medical-incontinence-underpads|medical-incontinence-underpads|SECTIONS|"Absorbant Underpads"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"We offer a wide selection of Incontinence underpads at exceptionally low prices. We are able to sell with prices so low because of the high purchase volume. We hope that you find something here that will be useful and economical. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities of absorbent underpads, please call or email us by clicking here. "|"Incontinence Center Tranquility, Prevail and other Adult Extra Absorbency Underwear"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:KENDALL-7105-CS :KENDALL-7134-CS :KENDALL-7174-CS :PREVAIL-BC011-CS :PREVAIL-BC012-CS :PREVAIL-BC013-CS :PREVAIL-PV811-CS :PREVAIL-PV915-CS :PREVAIL-PV916-CS :PREVAIL-PV924-CS :PREVAIL-PV926-CS :PREVAIL-UP120-CS :TENA-350-CS :TENA-351-CS :TENA-352-CS :TENA-353-CS :TENA-354-CS :TENA-355-CS :TENA-357-CS :TENA-361-CS :TENA-365-CS :TENA-366-CS :TENA-367-CS :TENA-61310-CS :TENA-61312-CS :PBE-SELECT-BOOSTER-PADS :PBE-SELECT-PERSONAL-CARE-PADS :PBE-TRANQUILITY-PERSONAL-CARE-PADS :PBE-TRANQUILITY-TRIMSHIELD-PADS :PBE-TRANQUILITY-BOOSTER-PAD :PBE-SELECT-STANDARD-UNDERPADS :PBE-TRANQUILITY-AIR-PLUS-UNDERPAD :PBE-TRANQUILITY-BOOSTER-CONTOURS :PBE-TRANQUILITY-THINLINER-MOISTURE-MANAGEMENT-SHEETS :PBE-SELECT-BELTED-UNDERGARMENT-2650 :PBE-SELECT-SHIELD-PAD-2648 :PBE-SELECT-ULTRA-THIN-UNDERPAD-2717 :PBE-TRANQUILITY-ADULT-LINERS-2078 :PBE-TRANQUILITY-HEAVY-DUTY-UNDERPAD-30-36-2088 :PBE-TRANQUILITY-PEACH-SHEET-UNDERPAD-215-325-2074 :PBE-TRANQUILITY-SUPER-PLUS-LINER-2079 :TRANQUILITY-ADJUSTABLE-BELTED-UNDERGARMENT-2150)"|""|||
promed-prom094|promed-prom094|PRODUCTS|"AC Adapter for ProMed 660"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/promed-prom094.html"|(14.99)||T|"ProMed Specialties"|""|""|""|"
AC Adapter for ProM-660 Portable Ultrasound Unit - 1 ea. Replacement AC Adapter for the ProMed-660 Portable Ultrasound Unit
This A/C adapter is compatible with the ProM-660
The adapter is lightweight and compact
The ProM-660 is a Portable Ultrasound Unit
The ProM-660 Portable Ultrasound Unit: The ProM-660 generates deep heat within body tissues for the treatment of selected medical conditions such as relief of pain, muscle spasms, and joint contractrues, but not for the treatment of malignancies. Great for a second office unit, mobile therapy, sporting events, start up clinics, prescription to patients. Ultrasound is a form of deep heating in which sound waves penetrate into the soft tissues. It is especially useful in relieving acute pain and aids in tissue healing. This portable ultrasound unit is great for patients who need therapy away from a office or hospital setting. This unit is an FDA approved portable therapeutic ultrasound unit, now with 3 power output settings.
"|"AC Adapter for ProMed 660"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
promed-prom720acadp|promed-prom720acadp|PRODUCTS|"AC Adapter for ProMed 720, ProMed 555 and ProMed 360"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/promed-prom720acadp.html"|(12.95 3 34.65 6 60.9 12 107.4)||T|"ProMed Specialties"|""|""|""|"
AC Adapter for ProM 720, ProM 555 and ProM 360 Add-on AC Adapter for the ProMed-720 Combination Unit, ProMed-555 Muscle Stimulator or ProMed-360 TENS Unit
This A/C adapter is compatible with the ProM-720, ProM-360 & ProM-555
The adapter is lightweight and compact
Eliminates the need for batteries and chargers
The ProM-720 is a Combination Unit featuring 3 EMS Modes and 6 TENS Unit Modes
The ProM-555 is a muscle stimulator unit with 3 modes
The ProM-360 is a Digital TENS unit with 5 Modes
Understanding Pain Pain is the body's warning system. It alerts us to injury or illness. and it is absolutely necessary for life and health. Unfortunately however, this vital warning system is not equipped with an "off" switch. So sometimes, long after we have gotten the "message" and responded to the problem pain signals keep on being sent to the brain. Pain signals, in the form of electrical impulses, travel to the brain through the body's nervous system from the site of the injury or ailment. In the brain, the impulses are interpreted as pain.
"|"AC Adapter for ProMed 720, ProMed 555 and ProMed 360"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
currentsolutions-8216x|currentsolutions-8216x|PRODUCTS|"AC Adapter for Quattro EMS, Quattro IF, and Quattro Combo Clinical Devices"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/currentsolutions-8216x.html"|(16.95)||T|"Current Solutions"|""|""|""|"
AC Adapter for Quattro 2.5, Quattro EMS, Quattro IF, and Quattro Combo Professional Units - 1 ea. Replacement AC Adapter for the Quattro 2.5, Quattro EMS, Quattro IF, and Quattro Combo Devices
This A/C adapter is compatible with the Quattro 2.5, Quattro EMS, Quattro IF, and Quattro Combo
The medical grade adapter is lightweight and compact.
The Quattro EMS is a Electronic Muscle Stimulation (EMS) Unit.
The Quattro IF is a Interferential Current Stimulation (IF) Unit.
The Quattro Combo is a EMS and IF Unit.
The Quattro 2.5 is a TENS, EMS, IF and Russian Unit.
"|"AC Adapter for Quattro EMS, Quattro IF, and Quattro Combo Clinical Devices"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
koalaty-du2035x|koalaty-du2035x|PRODUCTS|"AC Adapter for US-Pro 2000 Portable Ultrasound Device DU2035X"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/koalaty-du2035x.html"|(24.95)||T|"Current Solutions"|""|""|""|"
AC Adapter for the US Pro-2000 Portable Ultrasound Unit - 1 ea. For use with the US Pro-2000 Portable Ultrasound Unit.
"|"AC Adapter for US-Pro 2000 Portable Ultrasound Device DU2035X"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
roscoe-di2000-ac|roscoe-di2000-ac|PRODUCTS|"AC Charger for 2nd Generation InTENSity devices"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/roscoe-di2000-ac.html"|(9.95)||T|"Roscoe Medical"|""|""|""|"
AC Charger for 2nd Generation InTENSity devices
We all lose things. Then, there’s times where we are in a rush and forget to put things up and the dog accidentally made our belongings into their chew toys. Sometimes, things just get old. That’s why the AC Charger for 2nd Generation InTENSity products is available! You can use it as a replacement or just use it as a spare. USB cable sold separately.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-871-7858 or visit: www.roscoemedical.com
Features
AC Wall adapter
Technical
For use with these units ONLY:
InTENSity 12 TENS Unit
InTENSity Twin Stim IV TENS & EMS Combo Unit
InTENSity IF Combo II TENS & Interferential Unit
InTENSity Select Combo II TENS, EMS, IF, & Russian Stim Combo Unit
Includes
One (1) AC Charger for 2nd Generation InTENSity devices - Model: DI2000-AC
Warnings
Unit is NOT INCLUDED
USB cable is NOT INCLUDED
Do not submerge in water or any other liquid
Country of Origin: China - CN
Roscoe Medical 21973 Commerce Parkway Strongsville, OH 44149
Keeping your diabetes regulated is easy with these wonderful Accu-Chek supplies. At OTC Wholesale, Accu-Chek products are more affordable than ever before. Now is the time to stock up on all the diabetic supplies you need. Whether you use Accu-Chek strips, meters, lancets or other products, you'll find a great selection here. We even carry Accu-Chek Aviva products for your convenience. Every item is priced well below retail, so you'll save money with every purchase.
Accu-Chek has been helping people with diabetes live healthy, happy lives for years. Their brand is trusted by patients and medical professionals alike. Stop settling for inferior products just to save money. Now you can get these wholesale Accu-Chek products and still get the accurate results you need without having to spend too much at the drugstore. Your healthcare needs no longer have to be a burden to your budget. At OTC Wholesale, we'll make sure you have access to the diabetic supplies you need at an affordable price. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us byclicking here.
Accu-Chek® Aviva Glucose Monitoring System Test Right the First Time
Designed to:
Fill on very first time
Detect and prevent unreliable results
Give 5-second results
Test from finger, palm, and more (1)
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-858-8072, 7 days a week, 24 hours a day or Visit: www.accu-chek.com
Features:
Easy to use, more confidence in the results:
Large, touchable, easy-fill strip means less re-sticking and less waste.
Small 0.6 microliter sample size means less blood, which helps protect sensitive fingers.
Comfortable, sure-grip meter is easy to hold and use.
Detecting unreliable results means greater peace of mind.
Choose from five other areas of your body to give sensitive fingers a break. Test from your palm, forearm, upper arm, calf, thigh, or finger - whichever works best for you.
Package Includes:
Accu-Chek Aviva Blood Glucose Meter (battery included with preset time and date)
Adjustable Accu-Chek Multiclix Lancet Device with 12 lancets (2 drums) and clear cap for testing on different areas of the body
Accu-chek Aviva Control Solution
Easy-to-Use Instructions (English and Spanish)
Carrying Case
Self-Test Diary
Warranty Card
Rebate Form
Warnings:
A restricted license limits the use of the Accu-Chek® Aviva system (meter, including the code key, and test strips, lancet devices and lancets) in the United States. Theft tag may be included inside package.
"|"Accu-Chek Aviva Glucose Test Strips - 50 Strips"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
accu-chek-10210|accu-chek-10210|PRODUCTS|"Accu-Chek Aviva Plus Glucose Monitor"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/accu-chek-10210.html"|(49.95)||T|"Roche Diagnostic"|""|""|""|"
Accu-Chek® Aviva (Plus) Glucose Monitoring Meter Test Right the First Time.
The Accu-Chek® Aviva (Plus) Glucose Monitoring Meter is designed and intended to help detect unreliable test results and prevent those results from occurring. It has an easy to read display and is small in size to comfortably fit in your hand. The downloadable 500-value memory includes 7-day, 14-day and 30-day averaging. With the Aviva (Plus) Meter the user can test quickly and accurately with 5-second test results and from multiple areas of the body. The user can test from 5 different areas: palm, forearm, upper arm, thigh, or finger. This helps to give the user's sensitive fingers a break but still provide fast and accurate results. The Accu-Chek® Aviva (Plus) Glucose Monitoring System is built to test right - the first time.
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-858-8072, 7 days a week, 24 hours a day or Visit: www.accu-chek.com
Features:
Small 0.6 microliter sample size means less blood, which helps protect sensitive fingers.
Comfortable, sure-grip meter is easy to hold and use.
Detect and Prevent Unreliable Results means greater peace of mind.
Test from: palm, forearm, upper arm, calf, thigh, or finger - whichever works best for you.
Package Includes:
Accu-Chek Aviva (Plus) Blood Glucose Meter
Easy-to-Use Instructions (English and Spanish)
Carrying Case
Warranty Card
Warnings:
A restricted license limits the use of the Accu-Chek® Aviva (Plus) system (meter, including the code key, and test strips, lancet devices and lancets) in the United States. Theft tag may be included inside package.
"|"Accu-Chek Aviva Plus Glucose Monitor"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
accu-chek-43610|accu-chek-43610|PRODUCTS|"Accu-Chek Aviva Plus Glucose Test Strips - 50 Strips"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/accu-chek-43610.html"|(104.95)||T|"Roche Diagnostic"|""|""|""|"
Accu-Chek®Aviva Plus Blood Glucose Test Strips For use with Accu-Chek® Aviva Meter
Test Right the First Time
Fast 5-second Test
Fingertip, palm and forearm testing*
Fills quickly at any point along the tip with only a tiny, 0.6 microliter drop, so it's easy to handle and easy to use for people of all ages
"|"Accu-Chek Aviva Plus Glucose Test Strips - 50 Strips"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
accu-chek-19310plus|accu-chek-19310plus|PRODUCTS|"Accu-Chek Aviva Starter Kit - Test Strips, Lancets and Aviva Monitor"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/accu-chek-19310plus.html"|(84.95)|||"Roche Diagnostic"|""|""|""|"
Accu-Chek® Aviva Starter Kit - 100 Test Strips, 100 Lancets and Aviva Monitor Test Right the First Time
Designed to:
Fill on very first time
Detect and prevent unreliable results
Give 5-second results
Test from finger, palm, and more (1)
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-858-8072, 7 days a week, 24 hours a day or Visit: www.accu-chek.com
Features:
Easy to use, more confidence in the results:
Large, touchable, easy-fill strip means less re-sticking and less waste.
Small 0.6 microliters sample size means less blood, which helps protect sensitive fingers.
Comfortable, sure-grip meter is easy to hold and use.
Detecting unreliable results means greater peace of mind.
Choose from five other areas of your body to give sensitive fingers a break. Test from your palm, forearm, upper arm, calf, thigh, or finger - whichever works best for you.
Package Includes:
Accu-Chek Aviva Blood Glucose Meter (battery included with preset time and date)
Adjustable Accu-Chek Multiclix Lancet Device with 12 lancets (2 drums) and clear cap for testing on different areas of the body
Accu-chek Aviva Control Solution
100 Accu-Chek Aviva Glucose Test Strips
100 Universal Lancets (Packaging for lancets may differ from the picture shown)
Easy-to-Use Instructions (English and Spanish)
Carrying Case
Self-Test Diary
Warranty Card
Rebate Form
Warnings:
A restricted license limits the use of the Accu-Chek® Aviva system (meter, including the code key, and test strips, lancet devices, and lancets) in the United States. Theft tag may be included inside package.
"|"Accu-Chek Aviva Starter Kit - 100 Test Strips, 100 Lancets and Aviva Monitor"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
accu-chek-19210|accu-chek-19210|PRODUCTS|"Accu-Chek Compact Plus Glucose Monitoring System"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/accu-chek-19210.html"|(99.95)||T|"Roche Diagnostic"|""|""|""|"
Accu-Chek® Compact Plus Glucose Monitoring System All-In-One Convenience
Bright, Easy-To-Read Display
No Coding
Detachable, Least painful Lancing Device
17 Test Strip Drum Fits Inside (Not Included)
Accu-chek® software and the online, secure Diabetes Assistant® program provide easy-to-read graphs and charts to help you use your results to manage your diabetes.
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-858-8072, 7 days a week, 24 hours a day or Visit: www.accu-chek.com
Features:
Unique Design - Proven Least Painful
Allows one hand meter operation
Use attached or detached
One button action
No side-to-side lancet motion reduces skin tearing
Choice of 11 customizable depth settings for different skin types
Choose from five other areas of your body to give sensitive fingers a break. Test from your palm, forearm, upper arm, calf, thigh, or finger - whichever works best for you.
Package Includes:
Accu-Chek Compact™ Blood Glucose Meter (batteries included with preset time and date)
Detachable Accu-chek Softclix Plus Lancing Device (with lancets and clear cap for testing on different areas of the body)
Accu-chek Compact Blue Control Solution
Easy-to-use Instructions (English and Spanish)
Carrying Case
Self-Test Diary
Warranty Card
Warnings:
A restricted license limits use of the Accu-Chek® Compact Plus System (meter, drum and test strips contained therein) and the Accu-chek® Softclix Plus lancet device system (lancet device and lancets) in the United States.
Accu-Chek ® Multiclix Lancets Device Kit with 12 Lancets New Exclusive Drum Design
Accu-Chek Multiclix Lancing device is the only lancing device that works with lancets drum. Just load the six-lancets drum and go. Accu-Chek Multiclix Lancing device has 11 depth settings for comfort, and less skin tearing.
Faster, Safer, and Less Painful
No Lancets To See Or Touch
Just Load And Go With New Lancet Drum
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-858-8072, 7 days a week, 24 hours a day or Visit: www.accu-chek.com
Directions:
Please read the Accu-Chek Multiclix Lancet Device package insert before use.
Accu-Chek® Nano Blood Glucose Meter Accu-Chek® Nano - Small in size. Big in performance. Important: These products are genuine Accu-Chek products, suitable for consumer use. However, they may ship in International or Mail-Order packaging, making them inappropriate for some wholesale/retail buyers.
The Accu-Chek® Nano Blood Glucose Meter is small in size but big in performance. The Nano Meter is an easy-to-use no-coding blood glucose meter which allows for fewer steps in testing. The meter is designed with the user in mind with the pre- and post-meal markers to help the user see how what they eat affects their blood glucose levels. It's advanced accuracy in testing performance delivers accurate test results in 5 seconds. The Nano Meter technology uses multiple types of insulin-management tools like testing reminders, automatic power-off settings, and it is also compatible with the Accu-Chek® Data Management Systems. The meter has a 500-value memory system which also has 7-, 14-, 30- and 90-day averaging capabilities for user convenience. With the Accu-Chek® Nano Meter users can test with their fingers or on their palm with Alternate-Site Testing (AST). Accu-Chek® Nano's small and streamlined design fits in the palm of the hand while the bright backlit LCD display makes testing and seeing the results easy - anytime, anywhere.
Accu-Chek® Nano - Small in size. Big in performance.
Small, streamlined design with backlit LCD display.
Less blood is needed for the 0.6-µL sample size.
No-Coding design delivers fast and accurate results in 5 seconds.
With Insulin Management tools like testing reminders and meal markers.
Use with the fingertip or on the palm with Alternate-Site Testing.
Downloadable 500-Value memory with 7-, 14-, 30-, and 90-day averaging.
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-858-8072, 7 days a week, 24 hours a day or Visit: www.accu-chek.com
Features:
Advanced Accuracy delivers fast and accurate results in 5 Seconds.
Small, streamlined design fits easily into the palm of the hand.
Roche Diagnostics warrants to the original purchaser of the meter that the Accu-Chek® Nano meter will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for three years from the date of purchase and carries a limited three-year warranty.
Accu-Chek® Nano SmartView Blood Glucose Meter System™ Small in size. Big in performance. Important: These products are genuine Accu-Chek products, suitable for consumer use. However, they may ship in International or Mail-Order packaging, making them inappropriate for some wholesale/retail buyers.
Accu-Chek Nano - Small in size. Big in performance.
Compatible with Accu-Chek Data Management Systems
Advanced Accuracy to deliver fast and accurate results in 5 Seconds
Small sleek design that fits easily into the palm of your hand
Stunning backlit display making reading your numbers easy anywhere and anytime
No-Coding Design for fewer steps in testing
Uses insulin-management tools like testing reminders
Before- and after-meal markers to help see how food affects glucose levels
Use with fingertip or palm (AST) testing
Less blood is needed for the 0.6-µL sample size
Downloadable 500-value memory for your convenience
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-858-8072, 7 days a week, 24 hours a day or Visit: www.accu-chek.com
Features:
Compatible with Accu-Chek Data Management Systems
Advanced Accuracy to deliver fast and accurate results
Small sleek design that fits easily into the palm of your hand
Stunning backlit display making reading your numbers easy anywhere and anytime
No-Coding Design for fewer steps in testing
Uses insulin-management tools like before- and after-meal markers and test reminders
Use with fingertip or palm (AST) testing
Less blood is needed for the 0.6-µL sample size
Downloadable 500-value memory for your convenience
7, 14, 30, and 90 day averaging capabilities
Use only ACCU-CHEK SmartView test strips.
Uses:
For testing glucose in fresh capillary whole blood
For self-testing only
For in-vitro diagnostic use
Technical Information:
Meter Storage Conditions: -13°F - 158°F
Memory Capacity: 500 blood glucose results and 20 control results with time and date
Automatic Power Off: 2 minutes
Power Supply: two 3-volt lithium batteries (coin cell type CR2032)
Display: LCD
Dimensions: 2.72" (L) x 1.69" (W) x 0.79" (H) [69 x 43 x 20 mm]
Weight: Approx. 1.41 oz (with batteries) (40 g)
Construction: Hand-held
Memory: Downloadable 500-value memory with 7-, 14-, 30- and 90-day averaging
Package Includes:
Accu-Chek® Nano Meter
Accu-Chek® FastClix Lancing Device
Warranty Registration Card
Quick Start Guide
Instruction Manual
Carrying Case
Batteries
Warnings:
Carefully read and follow the instructions in the Owner’s Booklet and package inserts for the test strips and control solution. It is very important to follow the instructions in order to avoid an incorrect test result that leads to improper therapy.
Inspect the test strip container before using the test strips for the first time. If you see any damage to the container cap or if anything prevents the cap from closing properly, do not use the test strips. Contact the ACCU-CHEK Customer Care Service Center. Damaged test strips can cause inaccurate results, which could lead to improper therapy.
The meter, test strips, and control solution are only for use outside the body (in vitro). Do not eat the test strips. Do not swallow or inject the control solution or use the control solution for any purpose other than testing the ACCU?CHEK Nano SmartView system.
Roche Diagnostics warrants to the original purchaser of the meter that the ACCU?CHEK Nano meter will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for three years from the date of purchase and carries a limited three-year warranty.
Accu-Chek®Softclix Lancets For use with Accu-Chek® Advantage and Accu-Chek® Complete Meters.
Uniquely designed for greater comfort
Use only with Accu-chek® Softclix Lancet device
Proven Performance
Made in Japan
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-858-8072, 7 days a week, 24 hours a day or Visit: www.accu-chek.com
Uses:
For use with Accu-Chek® Softclix lancing device.
Package Includes:
100 Lancets
Directions:
Remove the cap from the lancet device.
Insert a new lancet in the lancet holder. It is properly positioned when it snaps into place. To remove the protective cap, twist and pull it away from the lancet.
Replace the cap onto the lancet device. Twist the cap of the lancet device to set the lancet depth. Start at 2 or 3. For tougher skin, dial to a higher number.
Press the plunger on the end of the device all the way down until it clicks. A yellow dot will appear and remain in the center of the clear release button.
Wash your hands in warm, soapy water. Dry well.
Hold the lancet device against the side of your fingertip.
Press the release button. Gently squeeze the area until you get a small sample of blood.
Apply the drop of blood to the target area of your test strip.
Immediately remove used lancet. To avoid accidental injury, do not store lancet in device.
Warnings:
Do not use if protective guard has been previously removed from lancet. Do not re-use lancets or store lancets in device.
A restricted license limits use of the Accu-Chek® Softclix® Lancet Device. Carefully read the package insert before use.
No coding required meter! Accu-Chek is known for their accuracy and consistency. Quick results! The Accu-Chek Guide features a strip ejector and a port light! So now you have a more sanitary option of disposing your strips and for testing in low light places and situations such as nighttime. It also features a smart phone app that connects your phone and your test results! So no more having to write down notes or worrying about having a pen and paper nearby because now your results go where you go!
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 800-858-8072
Features
Spill-resistant - and simple to take just one strip
Simple to use - the entire end of the test strip
Anytime - testing with a strip port light
Automatic - logging of results to your smartphone
Accurate - reliable results you can trust
Uses
Intended Use
The Accu?Chek Guide Blood Glucose Monitoring System is intended to quantitatively measure glucose in fresh capillary whole blood from the fingertip, palm, and upper arm as an aid in monitoring the effectiveness of glucose control.
The Accu?Chek Guide Blood Glucose Monitoring System is intended for in vitro diagnostic single?patient use by people with diabetes.
The Accu?Chek Guide Blood Glucose Monitoring System is intended to be used by a single person and should not be shared. This system is not for use in diagnosis or screening of diabetes mellitus, nor for neonatal use.
Technical
NaN
Warnings
NaN
Other
Limitations
• Do not use the meter at high hematocrit levels above 65 % or low hematocrit levels below 10 %.
• Not for use in diagnosis or screening of diabetes mellitus.
• Not for neonatal use.
• Abnormally high concentrations of ascorbic acid (vitamin C) resulting in blood concentrations in excess of 5 mg/dL may cause inaccurate results. If you are not sure please check with your doctor.
• Do not use the meter system to measure blood glucose in people who are experiencing cardiovascular collapse (severe shock) or decreased peripheral blood flow.
• Do not use this system during xylose absorption test.
• Not for use on critically ill patients, patients in shock, dehydrated patients, or hyperosmolar patients.
• This system has not been tested at altitudes higher than 10,150 feet.
Roche Diabetes Care, Inc. 9115 Hague Road - PO Box 50457 - Indianapolis, IN 46250-0457
"|"Accu-Chek® Guide Blood Glucose Monitoring System"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
accurelief|accurelief|SECTIONS|"AccuRelief"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"Want a natural and drug-free pain reliever? The brand AccuRelief offers just that. Their products help to block pain signals with electrical pulses that help to give you immediate pain relief. They are the only wireless tens on the market! AccuRelief even designs their own supply kit so you don’t have to worry about what will work with your unit. Get back to your normal everyday activity with these products!"|"AccuRelief OTC FDA Approved TENS Units"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:ACCURELIEF-ACRL-9000 :ACCURELIEF-ACRL-3000 :ACCURELIEF-ACRL-0003 :ACCURELIEF-ACRL-2000 :ACCURELIEF-ACRL-1000 :ACCURELIEF-ACRL-0002 :ACCURELIEF-ACRL-0001)"|""|||
accurelief-acrl-3000|accurelief-acrl-3000|PRODUCTS|"AccuRelief Electrotherapy TENS Pain Relief System Dual Channel"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/accurelief-acrl-3000.html"|(39.95)|||"Carex Health Brands"|""|""|""|"
AccuRelief™ Dual Channel TENS Pain Relief System - Model ACRL-3000
AccuRelief™ Dual Channel TENS Unit is an easy-to-use therapeutic TENS device that helps to relieve chronic aches and pains in multiple areas on the body. These areas include the neck, back, shoulders, and arms. This tens unit allows the user to choose from six different pre-set body programs as well as six customizable programs for maximum versatility. Finding a comfortable level of intensity is easy with the 25 levels of intensity settings. With an automatic shut-off after 30 minutes of treatment this device is a safe, natural, drug-free way to reduce pain. It also has a safety lock feature and low battery indicator.
"|"AccuRelief Electrotherapy TENS Pain Relief System Dual Channel"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
accurelief-acrl-1000|accurelief-acrl-1000|PRODUCTS|"AccuRelief Mini TENS Electrotherapy System"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/accurelief-acrl-1000.html"|(25.95 3 71.55 6 130.5 12 239.4)||T|"Carex Health Brands"|""|""|""|"
AccuRelief™ Mini TENS Unit - Model ACRL-1000
The AccuRelief™ Mini TENS Unit Pain Relief System helps to provide direct pain relief that is safe and effective. With a preset combination program, the tens unit uses alternating therapy to deliver electrical pulses in two phases. This non-prescription unit has 15 levels of intensity to help offer multiple comfort options to find pain relief from arthritis and muscular, joint and bone aches and pains. The AccuRelief™ Mini TENS Pain Relief System includes 2 latex-free gel pads designed to surround your pain and an easy-to-use electrode placement guide.
"|"AccuRelief Mini TENS Electrotherapy System"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
accurelief-acrl-0002|accurelief-acrl-0002|PRODUCTS|"AccuRelief Mini TENS Supply Kit"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/accurelief-acrl-0002.html"|(17.95 3 49.65 6 90.9 12 167.4)||T|"Carex Health Brands"|""|""|""|"
AccuRelief™ Mini TENS Supply Kit - Model ACRL-0002
AccuRelief™ Mini TENS Supply Kit includes 8 reusable, latex-free electrode pads. The electrode design is lightweight and flexible to conform to various part of the body. This kit also includes an electrode placement guide for optimal use. The electrodes and placement guide in the AccuRelief™ Mini TENS Supply Kit are for use with the AccuRelief™ Mini TENS Pain Relief System Only.
"|"AccuRelief Mini TENS Supply Kit"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
accurelief-acrl-2000|accurelief-acrl-2000|PRODUCTS|"AccuRelief TENS Electrotherapy System with 25 intensity setting"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/accurelief-acrl-2000.html"|(32.95)|||"Carex Health Brands"|""|""|""|"
AccuRelief™ Single Channel TENS Pain Relief System - Model ACRL-2000
AccuRelief™ Single Channel TENS unit is a simple to use therapy device that can be used for pain relief at home or on-the-go. With 25 intensity settings and 6 adjustable programs, this TENS Unit provides maximum versatility. The six preset programs are for different areas of the body such as back, neck, shoulders, arms and legs. The AccuRelief™ Single Channel TENS Unit can help pain relief and has features like auto shut-off, safety lock and low battery indicator. The AccuRelief™ Single Channel TENS Unit is a safe, natural and drug-free way to help with pain relief.
"|"AccuRelief Single Channel TENS Electrotherapy System with 25 intensity setting"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
accurelief-acrl-0001|accurelief-acrl-0001|PRODUCTS|"AccuRelief Universal Supply Kit 2 Lead Wires and 4 packs of Electrodes"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/accurelief-acrl-0001.html"|(14.95)|||"Carex Health Brands"|""|""|""|"
AccuRelief™ Universal TENS Supply Kit - Model ACRL-0001
The AccuRelief™ Universal TENS Supply Kit is designed for use with the AccuRelief™ TENS and EMS Pain Relief Units. The supply kit includes 4 sets of 4 self-adhesive, reusable electrodes, 2 lead wires and an electrode placement guide. The latex-free electrodes are designed to be lightweight and flexible for usage on various body parts. The Electrodes and Lead Wires can be used with the AccuRelief™ Single Channel TENS Unit (ACRL-2000) and AccuRelief™ Dual Channel TENS Unit (ACRL-3000).
For use with AccuRelief TENS and EMS Pain Relief Units.
"|"AccuRelief Universal Supply Kit 2 Lead Wires and 4 packs of Electrodes"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
accurelief-acrl-9000|accurelief-acrl-9000|PRODUCTS|"AccuRelief Wireless Electrotherapy TENS System OTC Approved"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/accurelief-acrl-9000.html"|(59.95)|||"Carex Health Brands"|""|""|""|"
AccuRelief™ Wireless TENS Pain Relief System with Remote Control - Model ACRL-9000
AccuRelief™ Wireless TENS Pain Relief System with Remote Control is a wireless, dual channel, compact electrotherapy stimulation unit that helps to relieve pain in hard-to-reach areas using a remote control. This unit features 20 levels of adjustable intensity settings, a 30-minute treatment timer with auto shut-off. The two latex-free gel pads are lightweight and flexible to conform to various body parts. The AccuRelief™ Wireless TENS Pain Relief System includes two electrode controllers, reusable electrode pads with snap connectors, a remote control, six AAA batteries, instruction manual, quick start guide and an electrode placement guide. The AccuRelief™ Wireless Pain Relief System is a simple, drug-free solution for aiding in relieving arthritic, muscular and joint aches and pains.
"|"AccuRelief Wireless Electrotherapy TENS Pain Relief System OTC Approved"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
accurelief-acrl-0003|accurelief-acrl-0003|PRODUCTS|"AccuRelief Wireless TENS with Remote Supply Kit"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/accurelief-acrl-0003.html"|(27.95)|||"Carex Health Brands"|""|""|""|"
AccuRelief™ Wireless TENS with Remote Supply Kit - Model ACRL-0003
The AccuRelief™ Wireless TENS Supply Kit contains 8 self-adhesive, reusable electrodes and an electrode placement guide. The lightweight and flexible electrodes are designed to be used on various parts of the body. The AccuRelief™ Wireless TENS Supply Kit is for use with the AccuRelief™ Wireless TENS Pain Relief System with Remote.
"|"AccuRelief Wireless TENS with Remote Supply Kit"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
medical-incontinence-briefs|medical-incontinence-briefs|SECTIONS|"Adult Incontinence Briefs"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|""|"Incontinence Briefs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:PREVAIL-B0131-CS :PREVAIL-B0132-CS :PREVAIL-B014-CS :PREVAIL-B016-CS :PREVAIL-PF012-CS :PREVAIL-PF013-CS :PREVAIL-PF014-CS :PREVAIL-PF016-CS :PREVAIL-PV011-CS :PREVAIL-PV012-CS :PREVAIL-PV013-CS :PREVAIL-PV015-CS :PREVAIL-PV017-CS :PREVAIL-PVB0122-CS :PREVAIL-PVB0132-CS :PREVAIL-PVB014-CS :PREVAIL-PVB016-CS :PBE-COMFORTCARE-DISPOSABLE-BRIEF :PBE-SELECT-DISPOSABLE-BRIEFS :PBE-SELECT-SOFT-N-BREATHABLE-BRIEFS :PBE-TRANQUILITY-ELITECARE-BRIEFS :PBE-TRANQUILITY-SLIMLINE-BREATHABLE-BRIEF :PBE-TRANQUILITY-ALL-THROUGH-THE-NIGHT-BRIEF :PBE-TRANQUILITY-SLIMLINE-ORIGINAL-BRIEF :PBE-TRANQUILITY-SMARTCORE-BRIEFS :PBE-TRANQUILITY-AIR-PLUS-BARIATRIC-BRIEF-2195 :PBE-TRANQUILITY-BARIATRIC-BRIEF-2190 :PBE-TRANQUILITY-HI-RISE-BARIATRIC-BRIEF-2192)"|""|||
medical-incontinence-underwear|medical-incontinence-underwear|SECTIONS|"Adult Incontinence Underwear"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|""|"Incontinence Underwear"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:PREVAIL-PF512-CS :PREVAIL-PF513-CS :PREVAIL-PF514-CS :PREVAIL-PUM512-CS :PREVAIL-PV511-CS :PREVAIL-PV512-CS :PREVAIL-PV513-CS :PREVAIL-PV514-CS :PREVAIL-PV517-CS :PREVAIL-PV612-CS :PREVAIL-PV613-CS :PREVAIL-VS514-CS :PREVAIL-PVS512-CS :PREVAIL-PVS513-CS :PREVAIL-PV324-CS :PBE-COMFORTCARE-DISPOSABLE-UNDERWEAR :PBE-SELECT-ABSORBENT-UNDERWEAR :PBE-TRANQUILITY-PREMIUM-OVERNIGHT-UNDERWEAR :PBE-TRANQUILITY-DAYTIME-ABSORBENT-UNDERWEAR)"|""|||
advocate|advocate|SECTIONS|"Advocate"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"Advocate is a brand of Pharma Supply, which is a family owned and operated corporation. They strive to supply advanced and innovative technology to the medical supply community. For over 15 years, the Advocate brand has successfully continued to grow into a medical supply and product industry. They have manufactured and distributed their own line of revolutionary medical equipment. Advocate carries a variety of medical products for diabetes, hypertension, arthritis, dental and pain management tools that are necessary to live a normal life. They also have a line that is specifically geared towards pet health. From lancing devices to pet test meters, Advocate has it covered. Advocate is dedicated at striving to bring you high quality products at affordable prices!"|"Advocate"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:ADVOCATE-DIABETIC-PET-TEST-METER :ADVOCATE-DIABETIC-PET-TEST-STRIPS)"|""|||
advocate-diabetic-pet-test-meter|advocate-diabetic-pet-test-meter|PRODUCTS|"Advocate Diabetic Pet Test Meter"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/advocate-diabetic-pet-test-meter.html"|(45.95)|(33.95)||"Advocate"|""|""|""|"
Advocate® PetTest Diabetic Blood Glucose Meter
Advocate’s® PetTest Blood Glucose Meter is an easy-to-use blood glucose testing meter for dogs and cats. With rapid test time and small sample sizes users can test blood glucose levels of their canine and feline friends. The PetTest Meter can store up to 400 test results, and give 7, 14 and 28-day cycle averages. Additionally, it also features 4 alarms settings, a low battery indicator and an auto-shut off function.
Warning! PetTest Meter is for use ONLY with the PetTest Test Strips. Other test strips may produce inaccurate results.
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-866-373-2824 or Visit: www.dsosi.com
Features:
NOT intended for human use.
Quick and Accurate Test Results
Rapid Test Time
0.3 uL Sample Size
Auto-Shut Off
Package Includes:
PetTest Blood Glucose Meter
PetTest Quick Reference Guide
PetTest User Manual
Control Solution
Carrying Case
Lancing Device
Lancets
AAA Batteries
Specifications:
Model: BMB-EV099X
Dimensions: 2.36" x 3.35" x 0.87" in
Weight: 0.13 lbs (60g) without batteries
Power Source: 2 1.5V AAA Alkaline Batteries
Auto Turn-Off: 2 minutes after idle
Test Sample: Capillary whole blood
Test Time: 5 seconds
Measurement Range: 20 to 600 mg/dL (1.1 to 33.3 mmol/L)
Memory: 400 blood glucose tests with date and time
Diabetic Supply of Suncoast, Inc. HC-3 Box 7017 Dorado, Puerto Rico www.dsosi.com
"|"Advocate Diabetic Pet Test Meter"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
advocate-diabetic-pet-test-strips|advocate-diabetic-pet-test-strips|PRODUCTS|"Advocate Diabetic Pet Test Strips - 50 ea"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/advocate-diabetic-pet-test-strips.html"|(42.95)|(33.95)||"Advocate"|""|""|""|"
Advocate® PetTest Blood Glucose Test Strips - Box of 50 Strips
Advocate’s® PetTest Blood Glucose Test Strips are for use with the Pet Test Meter. The PetTest Test Strips are not intended for use on humans – only cats and dogs.
Warning! PetTest Test Strips are for use ONLY with the PetTest Meter.
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-866-373-2824 or Visit: www.dsosi.com
Features:
Quick and Accurate Results
0.3 uL Sample Size
Rapid Test Time
Package Includes:
Advocate® PetTest Blood Glucose Test Strips - 50 ct
For Use With:
Advocate® PetTest Diabetic Meter
Diabetic Supply of Suncoast, Inc. HC-3 Box 7017 Dorado, Puerto Rico www.dsosi.com
"|"Advocate Diabetic Pet Test Strips - 50 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bath-beauty-fragrances-after-shave|bath-beauty-fragrances-after-shave|SECTIONS|"After Shave"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"We offer a wide selection of name brand Bath and Beauty products at very low prices because of the purchase volume we buy them at. And we try to pass the savings off to our retail customers. We hope that you find something here that will be useful and economical"|"After Shave"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:ENGLISH-07586 :BRITISH-13741 :BRS-HIM-PRIVATE-3-PC-SHAVE-SYSTEM-74157 :BRS-HIM-RESERVE-3-PC-SHAVE-SYSTEM-74107 :ENGLISH-00913 :CANOE-55588 :BRUT-07012 :DANA-08043 :CANOE-55714 :BRITISH-74001 :BRUT-07014 :ENGLISH-00003 :ENGLISH-00004)"|""|||
aimsco|aimsco|SECTIONS|"Aimsco"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"AIMSCO, a subsidiary of Masters Healthcare, prides themselves on their comfortable syringes and pen needles, yet still having affordable prices. The MaxiComfort and Maxi Comfort II lines of pen needles and syringes, along with their Ultra-Fine line of syringes, helps set them apart from their competitors."|"Aimsco"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:MAXICOMFORT-PEN-NEEDLES-AIMSCO :MAXICOMFORT-SYRINGES-AIMSCO :ULTRA-THIN-SYRINGES-AIMSCO)"|""|||
pbe-tranquility-air-plus-bariatric-brief-2195|pbe-tranquility-air-plus-bariatric-brief-2195|PRODUCTS|"AIR-Plus Bariatric Disposable Briefs - 2195"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/pbe-tranquility-air-plus-bariatric-brief-2195.html"|(191.08)|(92.95)|T|"Principle Business Enterprises"|""|""|""|"
AIR-Plus Bariatric Disposable Briefs - 2195
AIR-Plus Bariatric Disposable Briefs are made for breathability and complete comfort. Constructed of a cloth-like outer layer, they contain microscopic pores, which let air in, and lets heat escape, creating the maximum breathable diaper. The side panels feature micro-hook and loop closure tabs, and are made of a stretch material that helps this adult diaper fit waists from 70” to 106”. The AIR-Plus Bariatric Disposable Briefs is also gentle on sensitive skin, while having an impressive capacity to hold over a quart of fluid.
OTC Wholesale offers everything you need to maintain proper medical treatments. At the end of the day making sure everything is sterile is essential no matter what medical procedure or condition you are dealing with. Alcohol swabs can help make sure you don’t spread any transmittable illnesses or cause infections to grow.
OTC Wholesale’s low prices make it so you won’t have to be stingy when cleaning up and protecting yourself from an infection spreading. With top-brand products like Easy Touch, ReliaMed, and BD alcohol swabs at low everyday prices, OTC offers everything you need. All Easy Touch, ReliaMed, and BD alcohol swabs are individually wrapped to maintain its sterile nature. Apply to the skin prior to any injection to sterilize.
These wholesale alcohol pads are perfect for personal, professional and even hospital use. If you are interested in buying a bulk order of wholesale alcohol pads, please contact OTC Wholesale directly to get a quote. Please call or email us by clicking here.
This stylish fabric backpack is perfect for carrying your tablet or small laptop computer, plus a few extra personal items. It has a front zippered pocket, plus a roomy interior. The print is a colorful Aztec design, which is sure to set you apart from other boring backpacks out there. This pack measures 14" long, 11" wide and 5" high.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 626-941-3498
Features
Front zipper pocket
Interior compartment for tablet or other personal items
Stylish Aztec print design
Technical
Length: 14"
Width: 11"
Height: 5"
Empty Weight: 2.7 lbs
Material: Fabric
Includes
One (1) ALFA Aztec print backpack
Country of Origin: China - CN
ALFA Travelgear, Inc 2520 Continental Avenue | El Monte, CA 91733
"|"Alfa Aztec Print Backpack"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
alfa-rolling-bag-aztec-t-ffn2016a-black|alfa-rolling-bag-aztec-t-ffn2016a-black|PRODUCTS|"Alfa Aztec Printed Foldable Rolling Luggage Bag"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/alfa-rolling-bag-aztec-t-ffn2016a-black.html"|(49.95)|||"Alfa TravelGear Inc"|""|""|""|""|"Alfa Aztec Printed Foldable Rolling Luggage Bag"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
alfa-bags|alfa-bags|SECTIONS|"Alfa Bags"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"Alfa bags has been serving its customers since 1989. Part of their mission is the belief that high quality and low prices can coexist in harmony. They believe that their success is driven by their customer’s ability to save money when they purchase an Alfa bag.
Alfa features an excellent selection of high quality and fashionable bags. Also, when you purchase an Alfa product, you not only purchase a high quality product at a low cost, but you also get the knowledge and the expertise behind the product. If you have any questions about their products, they will be happy to help you."|"Alfa Bags are high quality low priced fashion bags"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:ALFA-ROLLING-BAG-AZTEC-T-FFN2016A-BLACK :ALFA-AZTEC-BACKPACK-YB008-2)"|""|||
drive-990x|drive-990x|PRODUCTS|"All-Terrain Knee Walker Crutch Alternative - Drive Medical - 990X"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/drive-990x.html"|(429)||T|"Drive Medical"|""|""|""|"
Rugged. Versatile. Convenient. Life can throw us a curveball when we least expect it, and like most active people, you aren't willing to let it slow you down. If you are recovering from a below-the-knee injury or surgery, the 990X Knee Walker is an excellent alternative to crutches and designed to keep you active and moving. With a rugged, steel frame and four large, knobby wheels with tires specifically designed to never go flat, the 990X is extremely stable for indoor or outdoor use and maneuvers easily over gravel, dirt, grass, mulch, and uneven pavement. Built for use with the right or left leg, this knee walker's unparalleled versatility and durability provides adjustable features to make your ride on any terrain comfortable and smooth. When life happens, it doesn't have to slow you down. Experience the 990X Knee Walker for yourself. It keeps you in the game and on the go. Life happens. Live on.
Features and Benefits
Two 16"" front wheels and two 8"" rear wheels with enhanced traction effortlessly maneuver over gravel, dirt, grass, mulch, and uneven pavement
Heavy-duty, extended-wear disc brake enables quick stopping for unparalleled safety
Knee cushion with suspension is crafted for comfort to reduce potential pressure on shin and knee
Foldable steering column allows for secure, compact storage and transport
Complimentary water bottle and custom bottle holder make staying hydrated during travel easy
Product Specifications
Actual Product Weight: 35 lbs
Front Wheels: 16""
Handle Height (Max): 37.625""
Handle Height (Min): 32.875""
Overall Product Height: 37.625""
Overall Product Length: 46.625""
Overall Product Width: 22.625""
Pad Height: 18.375""-23.25""
Pad Length: 14""
Pad Width: 6.875""
Primary Product Color: Silver Vein
Primary Product Material: Steel
Product Weight Capacity: 350 lbs
Rear Wheels: 8""
Warranty: Limited Lifetime
Model # 990x"|"All-Terrain Knee Walker Crutch Alternative - Drive Medical - 990X"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
pbe-tranquility-all-through-the-night-brief|pbe-tranquility-all-through-the-night-brief|PRODUCTS|"All-Through-the-Night ATN Disposable Briefs"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/pbe-tranquility-all-through-the-night-brief.html"|(94.12)|(69.95)|T|"Principle Business Enterprises"|""|""|""|"
ATN Disposable Briefs helps the wearer sleep through the night by offering excellent protection in a maximum capacity overnight adult diaper. The Peach Mat Core absorbs liquid resulting in drier skin, reduction in odor and neutralization of urine pH. Sensitive and delicate skin is protected from the damage that can be caused by moisture and helps prevent bacterial growth. ATN Disposable Briefs high liquid capacity, up to 32 ounces in the larger sizes, allow for 6 - 8 hours of continuous sleep during the night, reducing changes for the wearer and reducing risk for skin damage. This superior fluid capacity also means reduced wet bedding and soiled laundry, offering individuals and caretakers greater peace of mind.
ATN Disposable Briefs helps the wearer sleep through the night by offering excellent protection in a maximum capacity overnight adult diaper. The Peach Mat Core absorbs liquid resulting in drier skin, reduction in odor and neutralization of urine pH. Sensitive and delicate skin is protected from the damage that can be caused by moisture and helps prevent bacterial growth. ATN Disposable Briefs high liquid capacity, up to 32 ounces in the larger sizes, allow for 6 - 8 hours of continuous sleep during the night, reducing changes for the wearer and reducing risk for skin damage. This superior fluid capacity also means reduced wet bedding and soiled laundry, offering individuals and caretakers greater peace of mind.
ATN Disposable Briefs helps the wearer sleep through the night by offering excellent protection in a maximum capacity overnight adult diaper. The Peach Mat Core absorbs liquid resulting in drier skin, reduction in odor and neutralization of urine pH. Sensitive and delicate skin is protected from the damage that can be caused by moisture and helps prevent bacterial growth. ATN Disposable Briefs high liquid capacity, up to 32 ounces in the larger sizes, allow for 6 - 8 hours of continuous sleep during the night, reducing changes for the wearer and reducing risk for skin damage. This superior fluid capacity also means reduced wet bedding and soiled laundry, offering individuals and caretakers greater peace of mind.
ATN Disposable Briefs helps the wearer sleep through the night by offering excellent protection in a maximum capacity overnight adult diaper. The Peach Mat Core absorbs liquid resulting in drier skin, reduction in odor and neutralization of urine pH. Sensitive and delicate skin is protected from the damage that can be caused by moisture and helps prevent bacterial growth. ATN Disposable Briefs high liquid capacity, up to 32 ounces in the larger sizes, allow for 6 - 8 hours of continuous sleep during the night, reducing changes for the wearer and reducing risk for skin damage. This superior fluid capacity also means reduced wet bedding and soiled laundry, offering individuals and caretakers greater peace of mind.
ATN Disposable Briefs helps the wearer sleep through the night by offering excellent protection in a maximum capacity overnight adult diaper. The Peach Mat Core absorbs liquid resulting in drier skin, reduction in odor and neutralization of urine pH. Sensitive and delicate skin is protected from the damage that can be caused by moisture and helps prevent bacterial growth. ATN Disposable Briefs high liquid capacity, up to 32 ounces in the larger sizes, allow for 6 - 8 hours of continuous sleep during the night, reducing changes for the wearer and reducing risk for skin damage. This superior fluid capacity also means reduced wet bedding and soiled laundry, offering individuals and caretakers greater peace of mind.
ATN Disposable Briefs helps the wearer sleep through the night by offering excellent protection in a maximum capacity overnight adult diaper. The Peach Mat Core absorbs liquid resulting in drier skin, reduction in odor and neutralization of urine pH. Sensitive and delicate skin is protected from the damage that can be caused by moisture and helps prevent bacterial growth. ATN Disposable Briefs high liquid capacity, up to 32 ounces in the larger sizes, allow for 6 - 8 hours of continuous sleep during the night, reducing changes for the wearer and reducing risk for skin damage. This superior fluid capacity also means reduced wet bedding and soiled laundry, offering individuals and caretakers greater peace of mind.
"|"All-Through-the-Night ATN Disposable Briefs - X-Small - 2183 100 /cs (10 bags of 10)"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
aqua-relief-system|aqua-relief-system|SECTIONS|"Aqua Relief System"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"Hot water therapy aqua-relief system is an automatic aqua relief system that delivers instant heat through patented wraps that go around your feet and hands to provide greater circulation and to reduce pain. Hot water therapy is generally used for chronic injuries or injuries that have no inflammation. Sore, stiff, nagging muscle or joint pain is ideal for the use of heat therapy. Athletes with chronic pain or injuries may use heat therapy before exercise to increase the elasticity of joint connective tissues and to stimulate blood flow. Heat can also help relax tight or spasmed mucsles.
We buy Aqua Relief Therapy products and other medical supplies in quantity and pass the savings along to our on-line retail customers. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here. "|"Aqua Relief System Aqua Relief Hot & Cold Water Therapy Pump Aqua Relief Universal Pad"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:ARC-2000C :ARC-TPU :ARC-2000 :ARC-BACKPAD :ARC-VJW :ARC-TPMITT :ARC-TPSNG-SM :ARC-CTU2)"|""|||
aquasonic|aquasonic|SECTIONS|"Aquasonic"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"Parker Laboratories Aquasonic Transmission Gel 8.5 oz. 1/4 Liter Dispenser: Gentle gel moistening of skin assures clear, excellent transmission of ultrasound waves. Acoustically accurate for a broad range of frequencies, Aquasonic gel will not damage equipment, stain clothing or irritate skin. Hypoallergenic."|"Aquasonic Transmission Gel Center Aquasonic Ultrasound Transmission Gel"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:AQUASONIC-00108 :AQUASONIC-00150 :AQUASONIC-00350)"|""|||
arctic-ease|arctic-ease|PRODUCTS|"Arctic Ease"|""|(0)||T|""|""|""|""|"Arctic Ease reusable cold wraps is an easy and effective treatment to give you hours of cool relief from pain and swelling without having to use ice or frozen packs. Also Arctic Ease wraps do not give off an odor. Arctic Ease wraps provide cryotherapy and compression help by reducing pain and swelling from arthritis, muscle pain, strains, repetitive motion injuries and bruises. It can be safely worn for hours and they will stay put, so you don’t have to use any annoying clips or tape. Another great advantage about these wraps is that they are reusable and come in different colors. You can use them before, after and even during exercise!"|"Arctic Ease Reuseable Cooling Wraps"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:ARTIC-EASE-WRAP-LARGE-BLACK-4-60 :ARTIC-EASE-WRAP-LARGE-BLUE-4-60 :ARTIC-EASE-WRAP-LARGE-PINK-4-60 :ARTIC-EASE-WRAP-SMALL-BLACK-2-75-36 :ARTIC-EASE-WRAP-SMALL-BLUE-2-75-36 :ARTIC-EASE-WRAP-SMALL-PINK-2-75-36)"|""|||
artic-ease-wrap-large-black-4-60|artic-ease-wrap-large-black-4-60|PRODUCTS|"Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap Large Black 4 x 60 in"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/artic-ease-wrap-large-black-4-60.html"|(12.99)|||"Arctic Ease"|""|""|""|"
"|"Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap Large Black 4 x 60 in"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
artic-ease-wrap-large-blue-4-60|artic-ease-wrap-large-blue-4-60|PRODUCTS|"Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap Large Blue 4 x 60 in"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/artic-ease-wrap-large-blue-4-60.html"|(12.99)|||"Arctic Ease"|""|""|""|"
"|"Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap Large Blue 4 x 60 in"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
artic-ease-wrap-large-pink-4-60|artic-ease-wrap-large-pink-4-60|PRODUCTS|"Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap Large Pink 4 x 60 in"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/artic-ease-wrap-large-pink-4-60.html"|(12.99)||T|"Arctic Ease"|""|""|""|"
"|"Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap Large Pink 4 x 60 in"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
artic-ease-wrap-small-black-2-75-36|artic-ease-wrap-small-black-2-75-36|PRODUCTS|"Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap Small Black 2.75 x 36 in"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/artic-ease-wrap-small-black-2-75-36.html"|(8.45)|||"Arctic Ease"|""|""|""|"
"|"Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap Small Black 2.75 x 36 in"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
artic-ease-wrap-small-blue-2-75-36|artic-ease-wrap-small-blue-2-75-36|PRODUCTS|"Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap Small Blue 2.75 x 36 in"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/artic-ease-wrap-small-blue-2-75-36.html"|(8.45)|||"Arctic Ease"|""|""|""|"
"|"Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap Small Blue 2.75 x 36 in"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
artic-ease-wrap-small-pink-2-75-36|artic-ease-wrap-small-pink-2-75-36|PRODUCTS|"Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap Small Pink 2.75 x 36 in"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/artic-ease-wrap-small-pink-2-75-36.html"|(8.45)||T|"Arctic Ease"|""|""|""|"
"|"Arctic Ease Instant Cold Wrap Small Pink 2.75 x 36 in"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
arc-ctu2|arc-ctu2|PRODUCTS|"ARS Aqua Relief System Arctic Ice System Cold Water Therapy Device"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/arc-ctu2.html"|(104.95 3 309.6 6 608.7 12 1199.4)||T|"Aqua Relief System"|""|""|""|"
Arctic Ice Cold Water Therapy System
The Arctic Ice Cold Therapy System is an effective way of using cold water therapy to help reduce pain, swelling and speed up recovery from injuries. In addition, this ARS physical therapy system also reduces the chances of skin damage by using ongoing circulating fluid combined with compression. The Arctic Ice System can provide up to 4 hours of cryotherapy on a single fill of ice and water. The set up is quick and easy, and to refill - just add ice and water. The Arctic Ice System can be used in the comfort of your home, after post-operative treatments, and in rehabilitation.
"|"ARS Aqua Relief System Arctic Ice System Cold Water Therapy Device"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
arc-backpad|arc-backpad|PRODUCTS|"ARS Aqua Relief System Back Therapy Pad, 13x24 in"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/arc-backpad.html"|(33.95)||T|"Aqua Relief System"|""|""|""|"
ARS® Aqua Relief System Back Therapy Pad Hot water therapy aqua-relief system introduces a new break through in diabetic care and pain relief.
Diabetes often leads to peripheral vascular disease that inhibits a person's blood circulation. With this condition, there is a narrowing of the arteries that frequently leads to significantly decreased circulation in the lower part of the legs and the feet. Poor circulation contributes to diabetic foot problems by reducing the amount of oxygen and nutrition supplied to the skin and other tissue, causing injuries to heal poorly. Poor circulation can also lead to swelling and dryness of the foot. Preventing foot complications is more critical for the diabetic patient because poor circulation impairs the healing process and can lead to ulcers, infection, and other serious foot conditions.
What causes ulceration?
The most common cause of chronic leg ulcers is poor blood circulation in the legs. These are known as arterial and venous leg ulcers.
About The Aqua-Relief Pad:
Cold or Hot water is circulated all around the joint providing optimal 360° treatments.
Hot water therapy system can provide cool water for 6-8 hours or Hot with no-limits.
Provides added compression to further reduce pain and inflammation.
Aqua-relief hot cold therapy device reduces chances of skin damage by continuously circulating the fluid.
Allows movement of the joint without loosing the ice.
Hot water therapy has adjustable temperature with a safety setting (timer)
Hot cold therapy improves blood circulation and reduces edema/swelling
Hot therapy reduces pain and discomfort of neuropathy
Effective for pain relief in joints and sore muscles
Can be used on the hands and feet (and all other body parts)
Covered by Medicare and Medicare Approved
Alternative health therapy aqua relief system is a clinical therapeutic pain management and circulatory improvement system that can be used in the home to help with your diabetes. It's an all-in-one system that combines heat therapy and cold therapy , allowing you to reduce edema/swelling, improve blood circulation and reduce the discomforts associated with Diabetes.
Aqua Relief System has patented designed wraps that are fitted around the feet and hands. A diabetic sock/glove is worn first, and then a water bladder fits snuggly around your hands or feet to provide a custom like fit.
The hot water therapy unit also has therapy pads, that fit around any part of the body through the use of a compression wrap. Knee, shoulders, ankles, and backs, all can be treated by either hot (dry or moist) or cold water therapy.
Uses:
Aqua-Relief - Hot What exactly does Heat do?
Heat improves circulation.
Heat improves cell function (metabolism).
Heat decreases stiffness in tendons and ligaments.
Heat relaxes the muscles and decreases muscle spasm.
Heat lessens pain.
Aqua-Relief - Cold What exactly does Cold do?
Cold therapy with ice is the best immediate treatment for acute injuries because it can reduce swelling and pain. Ice is a vasoconstrictor (causes the blood vessels to narrow) and it limits bleeding at the injury site. Apply ice to the affected area several times a day.
Cold water therapy is also helpful in treating chronic pain.
The Pain Management Benefits:
The natural therapy aqua relief system delivers pain relief to achy joints, or muscles due to arthritic pain , or carpal tunnel syndrome or many other nerve pain conditions. Hot therapy aqua relief system is a versatile hot/cold pack that will help for both systemic pain conditions as well as part specific pain conditions (knee, back, wrist, shoulder, etc.) A setting of 120° F is particularly useful to provide deep penetrating therapeutic heat therapy.
The Pain Cycle : Low back and neck pain may be caused by trauma or continual strain. The body responds to such pain with muscle guarding, an attempt to immobilize the painful site by tightening the muscles. Muscle guarding impairs circulation in the affected area. The decrease in blood supply leads to a decrease in metabolism with an accumulation of waste products. Moist heat modalities can help break this pain cycle and aid in the normal healing process.
The Diabetic Benefits:
The Aqua Relief hot cold therapy system uses 105° F water to help improve blood circulation in the hands and feet. Or, cold water can also be used to reduce swelling that is associated with diabetic neuropathy.
Other benefits: The ARS hot cold therapy system is adjustable from 32° F and 120° F ·allowing for a therapeutic advantage. Either low pleasant heat can be set ·or high penetrating heat. Safe, controlled, and time-saving to both the patient and the care giver. 7-8 hrs of continuous cold therapy. All body parts can be treated. Custom booties and mitts allow for treatment of circulatory and pain problems in the hands and feet. The aqua-relief hot therapy system can be used for the following applications: back, knee, hip, foot and ankle, hand and wrist, shoulder, elbow, chest, breast, face and jaw, head, neck, feet, hands, and other specific applications.
"|"ARS Aqua Relief System Back Therapy Pad, 13x24 in"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
arc-2000|arc-2000|PRODUCTS|"ARS Aqua Relief System Hot or Cold Water Therapy Device"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/arc-2000.html"|(164.95)||T|"Aqua Relief System"|""|""|""|"
ARS®Aqua Relief System Hot or Cold Water Therapy Device w/ Universal Therapy Pad Hot water therapy aqua-relief system introduces a new break through in diabetic care and pain relief.
The water temperature is based on the temperature of the water when it is put in the device. The ARS will keep cold water cold and hot water hot for the length of the timer. The Aqua Relief System does not heat or chill the water.
Poor Circulation
Diabetes often leads to peripheral vascular disease that inhibits a person's blood circulation. With this condition, there is a narrowing of the arteries that frequently leads to significantly decreased circulation in the lower part of the legs and the feet. Poor circulation contributes to diabetic foot problems by reducing the amount of oxygen and nutrition supplied to the skin and other tissue, causing injuries to heal poorly. Poor circulation can also lead to swelling and dryness of the foot. Preventing foot complications is more critical for the diabetic patient because poor circulation impairs the healing process and can lead to ulcers, infection, and other serious foot conditions.
What causes ulceration? The most common cause of chronic leg ulcers is poor blood circulation in the legs. These are known as arterial and venous leg ulcers.
Aqua-Relief about the device:
Cold or Hot water is circulated all around the joint providing optimal 360° treatments.
Provides added compression to further reduce pain and inflammation.
Aqua-relief hot cold therapy device reduces chances of skin damage by continuously circulating the fluid.
Allows movement of the joint without loosing the ice.
Hot water therapy has adjustable temperature with a safety setting (timer)
Hot cold therapy improves blood circulation and reduces edema/swelling
Hot therapy reduces pain and discomfort of neuropathy
Effective for pain relief in joints and sore muscles
Can be used on the hands and feet (and all other body parts)
Covered by Medicare and Medicare Approved
Alternative health therapy aqua relief system is a clinical therapeutic pain management and circulatory improvement system that can be used in the home to help with your diabetes. It's an all-in-one system that combines heat therapy and cold therapy, allowing you to reduce edema/swelling, improve blood circulation and reduce the discomforts associated with Diabetes.
Aqua Relief System has patented designed wraps that are fitted around the feet and hands. A diabetic sock/glove is worn first, and then a water bladder fits snuggly around your hands or feet to provide a custom like fit.
The hot water therapy unit also has therapy pads, that fit around any part of the body through the use of a compression wrap. Knee, shoulders, ankles, and backs, all can be treated by either hot (dry or moist) or cold water therapy.
Uses:
Aqua-Relief - Hot What exactly does Heat do?
Heat improves circulation.
Heat improves cell function (metabolism).
Heat decreases stiffness in tendons and ligaments.
Heat relaxes the muscles and decreases muscle spasm.
Heat lessens pain.
Aqua-Relief - Cold What exactly does Cold do?
Cold therapy with ice is the best immediate treatment for acute injuries because it can reduce swelling and pain. Ice is a vasoconstrictor (causes the blood vessels to narrow) and it limits bleeding at the injury site. Apply ice to the affected area several times a day.
Cold water therapy is also helpful in treating chronic pain.
The Pain Management Benefits:
The natural therapy aqua relief system delivers pain relief to achy joints, or muscles due to arthritic pain , or carpal tunnel syndrome or many other nerve pain conditions. Hot therapy aqua relief system is a versatile hot/cold pack that will help for both systemic pain conditions as well as part specific pain conditions (knee, back, wrist, shoulder, etc.)
The Pain Cycle : Low back and neck pain may be caused by trauma or continual strain. The body responds to such pain with muscle guarding, an attempt to immobilize the painful site by tightening the muscles. Muscle guarding impairs circulation in the affected area. The decrease in blood supply leads to a decrease in metabolism with an accumulation of waste products. Moist heat modalities can help break this pain cycle and aid in the normal healing process.
The Diabetic Benefits:
The Aqua Relief hot cold therapy system uses heated water to help improve blood circulation in the hands and feet. Or, cold water can also be used to reduce swelling that is associated with diabetic neuropathy.
"|"ARS Aqua Relief System Hot or Cold Water Therapy Device"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
arc-2000c|arc-2000c|PRODUCTS|"ARS Aqua Relief System Hot or Cold Water Therapy Device w/ Pad"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/arc-2000c.html"|(174.95)|||"Aqua Relief System"|""|""|""|"
ARS®Aqua Relief System Hot or Cold Water Therapy Device w/ Universal Therapy Pad Aqua-relief hot and cold therapy system introduces a new break through in diabetic care and pain relief.
Bonus - Our Aqua Relief System already comes with a Universal Therapy Pad so you get everything you need for this system!
The water temperature is based on the temperature of the water when it is put in the device. The ARS hot and cold therapy system will keep cold water cold and hot water hot for the length of the timer. The Aqua Relief System does not heat or chill the water.
Poor Circulation
Diabetes often leads to peripheral vascular disease that inhibits a person's blood circulation. With this condition, there is a narrowing of the arteries that frequently leads to significantly decreased circulation in the lower part of the legs and the feet. Poor circulation contributes to diabetic foot problems by reducing the amount of oxygen and nutrition supplied to the skin and other tissue, causing injuries to heal poorly. Poor circulation can also lead to swelling and dryness of the foot. Preventing foot complications is more critical for the diabetic patient because poor circulation impairs the healing process and can lead to ulcers, infection, and other serious foot conditions.
What causes ulceration? The most common cause of chronic leg ulcers is poor blood circulation in the legs. These are known as arterial and venous leg ulcers.
Aqua-Relief about the device:
Cold or Hot water is circulated all around the joint providing optimal 360° treatments.
Provides added compression to further reduce pain and inflammation.
Aqua-relief hot cold therapy device reduces chances of skin damage by continuously circulating the fluid.
Allows movement of the joint without loosing the ice.
Hot water therapy has adjustable temperature with a safety setting (timer)
Hot cold therapy improves blood circulation and reduces edema/swelling
Hot therapy reduces pain and discomfort of neuropathy
Effective for pain relief in joints and sore muscles
Can be used on the hands and feet (and all other body parts)
Covered by Medicare and Medicare Approved
Alternative health therapy aqua relief system is a clinical therapeutic pain management and circulatory improvement system that can be used in the home to help with your diabetes. It's an all-in-one system that combines heat therapy and cold therapy, allowing you to reduce edema/swelling, improve blood circulation and reduce the discomforts associated with Diabetes.
Aqua Relief System has patented designed wraps that are fitted around the feet and hands. A diabetic sock/glove is worn first, and then a water bladder fits snuggly around your hands or feet to provide a custom like fit.
The hot water therapy unit also has therapy pads, that fit around any part of the body through the use of a compression wrap. Knee, shoulders, ankles, and backs, all can be treated by either hot (dry or moist) or cold water therapy.
Uses:
Aqua-Relief - Hot What exactly does Heat do?
Heat improves circulation.
Heat improves cell function (metabolism).
Heat decreases stiffness in tendons and ligaments.
Heat relaxes the muscles and decreases muscle spasm.
Heat lessens pain.
Aqua-Relief - Cold What exactly does Cold do?
Cold therapy with ice is the best immediate treatment for acute injuries because it can reduce swelling and pain. Ice is a vasoconstrictor (causes the blood vessels to narrow) and it limits bleeding at the injury site. Apply ice to the affected area several times a day.
Cold water therapy is also helpful in treating chronic pain.
The Pain Management Benefits:
The natural therapy aqua relief system delivers pain relief to achy joints, or muscles due to arthritic pain , or carpal tunnel syndrome or many other nerve pain conditions. Hot therapy aqua relief system is a versatile hot/cold pack that will help for both systemic pain conditions as well as part specific pain conditions (knee, back, wrist, shoulder, etc.)
The Pain Cycle : Low back and neck pain may be caused by trauma or continual strain. The body responds to such pain with muscle guarding, an attempt to immobilize the painful site by tightening the muscles. Muscle guarding impairs circulation in the affected area. The decrease in blood supply leads to a decrease in metabolism with an accumulation of waste products. Moist heat modalities can help break this pain cycle and aid in the normal healing process.
The Diabetic Benefits:
The Aqua Relief hot cold therapy system uses heated water to help improve blood circulation in the hands and feet. Or, cold water can also be used to reduce swelling that is associated with diabetic neuropathy.
"|"ARS Aqua Relief System Hot or Cold Water Therapy Device w/ Universal Therapy Pad"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
arc-tpmitt|arc-tpmitt|PRODUCTS|"ARS Aqua Relief System Therapy Mitt Pad - TPMITT"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/arc-tpmitt.html"|(39.95)||T|"Aqua Relief System"|""|""|""|"
ARS® Aqua Relief System Therapy Mitt Hot water therapy aqua-relief system introduces a new break through in diabetic care and pain relief.
Diabetes often leads to peripheral vascular disease that inhibits a person's blood circulation. With this condition, there is a narrowing of the arteries that frequently leads to significantly decreased circulation.. Poor circulation contributes to diabetic hand problems by reducing the amount of oxygen and nutrition supplied to the skin and other tissue, causing injuries to heal poorly. Poor circulation can also lead to swelling and dryness of the hand. Preventing hand complications is more critical for the diabetic patient because poor circulation impairs the healing process and can lead to ulcers, infection, and other serious hand conditions.
Aqua-Relief about the device:
Cold or Hot water is circulated all around the joint providing optimal 360° treatments.
Hot water therapy system can provide cool water for 6-8 hours or Hot with no-limits.
Provides added compression to further reduce pain and inflammation.
Aqua-relief hot cold therapy device reduces chances of skin damage by continuously circulating the fluid.
Allows movement of the joint without loosing the ice.
Hot water therapy has adjustable temperature with a safety setting (timer)
Hot cold therapy improves blood circulation and reduces edema/swelling
Hot therapy reduces pain and discomfort of neuropathy
Effective for pain relief in joints and sore muscles
Can be used on the hands and feet (and all other body parts)
Covered by Medicare and Medicare Approved
Alternative health therapy aqua relief system is a clinical therapeutic pain management and circulatory improvement system that can be used in the home to help with your diabetes. It's an all-in-one system that combines heat therapy and cold therapy , allowing you to reduce edema/swelling, improve blood circulation and reduce the discomforts associated with Diabetes.
Aqua Relief System has patented designed wraps that are fitted around the feet and hands. A diabetic glove is worn first (not included), and then a water bladder fits snuggly around your hands to provide a custom like fit.
The hot water therapy unit also has therapy pads (additional pads not included), that fit around any part of the body through the use of a compression wrap. Knee, shoulders, ankles, and backs, all can be treated by either hot (dry or moist) or cold water therapy.
Uses:
Aqua-Relief - Hot What exactly does Heat do?
Heat improves circulation.
Heat improves cell function (metabolism).
Heat decreases stiffness in tendons and ligaments.
Heat relaxes the muscles and decreases muscle spasm.
Heat lessens pain.
Aqua-Relief - Cold What exactly does Cold do?
Cold therapy with ice is the best immediate treatment for acute injuries because it can reduce swelling and pain. Ice is a vasoconstrictor (causes the blood vessels to narrow) and it limits bleeding at the injury site. Apply ice to the affected area several times a day.
Cold water therapy is also helpful in treating chronic pain.
The Pain Management Benefits:
The natural therapy aqua relief system delivers pain relief to achy joints, or muscles due to arthritic pain , or carpal tunnel syndrome or many other nerve pain conditions. Hot therapy aqua relief system is a versatile hot/cold pack that will help for both systemic pain conditions as well as part specific pain conditions (knee, back, wrist, shoulder, etc.) A setting of 120° F is particularly useful to provide deep penetrating therapeutic heat therapy.
The Pain Cycle : Low back and neck pain may be caused by trauma or continual strain. The body responds to such pain with muscle guarding, an attempt to immobilize the painful site by tightening the muscles. Muscle guarding impairs circulation in the affected area. The decrease in blood supply leads to a decrease in metabolism with an accumulation of waste products. Moist heat modalities can help break this pain cycle and aid in the normal healing process.
The Diabetic Benefits:
The Aqua Relief hot cold therapy system uses 105° F water to help improve blood circulation in the hands and feet. Or, cold water can also be used to reduce swelling that is associated with diabetic neuropathy.
Other benefits: The ARS hot cold therapy system is adjustable from 32° F and 120° F ·allowing for a therapeutic advantage. Either low pleasant heat can be set ·or high penetrating heat. Safe, controlled, and time-saving to both the patient and the care giver. 7-8 hrs of continuous cold therapy. All body parts can be treated. Custom booties and mitts allow for treatment of circulatory and pain problems in the hands and feet. The aqua-relief hot therapy system can be used for the following applications: back, knee, hip, foot and ankle, hand and wrist, shoulder, elbow, chest, breast, face and jaw, head, neck, feet, hands, and other specific applications.
"|"ARS Aqua Relief System Therapy Mitt Pad - TPMITT"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
arc-tpsng-sm|arc-tpsng-sm|PRODUCTS|"ARS Aqua Relief System Therapy Standard Single Boot - TPSNG"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/arc-tpsng-sm.html"|(39.95 3 113.55 6 214.5 12 407.4)||T|"Aqua Relief System"|""|""|""|"
ARS® Aqua Relief System Boot- Standard Single Hot water therapy aqua-relief system introduces a new break through in diabetic care and pain relief.
Diabetes often leads to peripheral vascular disease that inhibits a person's blood circulation. With this condition, there is a narrowing of the arteries that frequently leads to significantly decreased circulation in the lower part of the legs and the feet. Poor circulation contributes to diabetic foot problems by reducing the amount of oxygen and nutrition supplied to the skin and other tissue, causing injuries to heal poorly. Poor circulation can also lead to swelling and dryness of the foot. Preventing foot complications is more critical for the diabetic patient because poor circulation impairs the healing process and can lead to ulcers, infection, and other serious foot conditions.
What causes ulceration?
The most common cause of chronic leg ulcers is poor blood circulation in the legs. These are known as arterial and venous leg ulcers.
Aqua-Relief about the device:
Cold or Hot water is circulated all around the joint providing optimal 360° treatments.
Hot water therapy system can provide cool water for 6-8 hours or Hot with no-limits.
Provides added compression to further reduce pain and inflammation.
Aqua-relief hot cold therapy device reduces chances of skin damage by continuously circulating the fluid.
Allows movement of the joint without loosing the ice.
Hot water therapy has adjustable temperature with a safety setting (timer)
Hot cold therapy improves blood circulation and reduces edema/swelling
Hot therapy reduces pain and discomfort of neuropathy
Effective for pain relief in joints and sore muscles
Can be used on the hands and feet (and all other body parts)
Covered by Medicare and Medicare Approved
Alternative health therapy aqua relief system is a clinical therapeutic pain management and circulatory improvement system that can be used in the home to help with your diabetes. It's an all-in-one system that combines heat therapy and cold therapy , allowing you to reduce edema/swelling, improve blood circulation and reduce the discomforts associated with Diabetes.
Aqua Relief System has patented designed wraps that are fitted around the feet and hands. A diabetic sock is worn first, and then a water bladder fits snuggly around your feet to provide a custom like fit.
The hot water therapy unit also has therapy pads, that fit around any part of the body through the use of a compression wrap. Knee, shoulders, ankles, and backs, all can be treated by either hot (dry or moist) or cold water therapy.
Uses:
Aqua-Relief - Hot What exactly does Heat do?
Heat improves circulation.
Heat improves cell function (metabolism).
Heat decreases stiffness in tendons and ligaments.
Heat relaxes the muscles and decreases muscle spasm.
Heat lessens pain.
Aqua-Relief - Cold What exactly does Cold do?
Cold therapy with ice is the best immediate treatment for acute injuries because it can reduce swelling and pain. Ice is a vasoconstrictor (causes the blood vessels to narrow) and it limits bleeding at the injury site. Apply ice to the affected area several times a day.
Cold water therapy is also helpful in treating chronic pain.
The Pain Management Benefits:
The natural therapy aqua relief system delivers pain relief to achy joints, or muscles due to arthritic pain , or carpal tunnel syndrome or many other nerve pain conditions. Hot therapy aqua relief system is a versatile hot/cold pack that will help for both systemic pain conditions as well as part specific pain conditions (knee, back, wrist, shoulder, etc.) A setting of 120° F is particularly useful to provide deep penetrating therapeutic heat therapy.
The Pain Cycle : Low back and neck pain may be caused by trauma or continual strain. The body responds to such pain with muscle guarding, an attempt to immobilize the painful site by tightening the muscles. Muscle guarding impairs circulation in the affected area. The decrease in blood supply leads to a decrease in metabolism with an accumulation of waste products. Moist heat modalities can help break this pain cycle and aid in the normal healing process.
The Diabetic Benefits:
The Aqua Relief hot cold therapy system uses 105° F water to help improve blood circulation in the hands and feet. Or, cold water can also be used to reduce swelling that is associated with diabetic neuropathy.
Other benefits: The ARS hot cold therapy system is adjustable from 32° F and 120° F ·allowing for a therapeutic advantage. Either low pleasant heat can be set ·or high penetrating heat. Safe, controlled, and time-saving to both the patient and the care giver. 7-8 hrs of continuous cold therapy. All body parts can be treated. Custom booties and mitts allow for treatment of circulatory and pain problems in the hands and feet. The aqua-relief hot therapy system can be used for the following applications: back, knee, hip, foot and ankle, hand and wrist, shoulder, elbow, chest, breast, face and jaw, head, neck, feet, hands, and other specific applications.
"|"ARS Aqua Relief System Therapy Standard Single Boot - TPSNG"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
arc-vjw|arc-vjw|PRODUCTS|"ARS Aqua Relief System Therapy Versatile 3 Strap Joint Wrap - VJW"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/arc-vjw.html"|(39.95)|||"Aqua Relief System"|""|""|""|"
ARS® Aqua System Therapy Versatile 3 Strap Joint Wrap - 1 ea Hot water therapy aqua-relief system introduces a new break through in diabetic care and pain relief.
Warning! This product does not include the pads needed in order to work! This is a strap system to be used with an ARS Aqua Relief System Therapy Pad purchased separately!
This strap is made specifically for the ARS Aqua system to be used with (not included) a therapy pad to help fit around hard to reach joints.
Poor Circulation
Diabetes often leads to peripheral vascular disease that inhibits a person's blood circulation. With this condition, there is a narrowing of the arteries that frequently leads to significantly decreased circulation in the lower part of the legs and the feet. Poor circulation contributes to diabetic foot problems by reducing the amount of oxygen and nutrition supplied to the skin and other tissue, causing injuries to heal poorly. Poor circulation can also lead to swelling and dryness of the foot. Preventing foot complications is more critical for the diabetic patient because poor circulation impairs the healing process and can lead to ulcers, infection, and other serious foot conditions.
What causes ulceration?
The most common cause of chronic leg ulcers is poor blood circulation in the legs. These are known as arterial and venous leg ulcers.
Aqua-Relief about the device:
Cold or Hot water is circulated all around the joint providing optimal 360° treatments.
Hot water therapy system can provide cool water for 6-8 hours or Hot with no-limits.
Provides added compression to further reduce pain and inflammation.
Aqua-relief hot cold therapy device reduces chances of skin damage by continuously circulating the fluid.
Allows movement of the joint without loosing the ice.
Hot water therapy has adjustable temperature with a safety setting (timer)
Hot cold therapy improves blood circulation and reduces edema/swelling
Hot therapy reduces pain and discomfort of neuropathy
Effective for pain relief in joints and sore muscles
Can be used on the hands and feet (and all other body parts)
Covered by Medicare and Medicare Approved
Alternative health therapy aqua relief system is a clinical therapeutic pain management and circulatory improvement system that can be used in the home to help with your diabetes. It's an all-in-one system that combines heat therapy and cold therapy , allowing you to reduce edema/swelling, improve blood circulation and reduce the discomforts associated with Diabetes.
The hot water therapy unit also has therapy pads, that fit around any part of the body through the use of a compression wrap. Knee, shoulders, ankles, and backs, all can be treated by either hot (dry or moist) or cold water therapy.
Uses:
Aqua-Relief - Hot What exactly does Heat do?
Heat improves circulation.
Heat improves cell function (metabolism).
Heat decreases stiffness in tendons and ligaments.
Heat relaxes the muscles and decreases muscle spasm.
Heat lessens pain.
Aqua-Relief - Cold What exactly does Cold do?
Cold therapy with ice is the best immediate treatment for acute injuries because it can reduce swelling and pain. Ice is a vasoconstrictor (causes the blood vessels to narrow) and it limits bleeding at the injury site. Apply ice to the affected area several times a day.
Cold water therapy is also helpful in treating chronic pain.
The Pain Management Benefits:
The natural therapy aqua relief system delivers pain relief to achy joints, or muscles due to arthritic pain , or carpal tunnel syndrome or many other nerve pain conditions. Hot therapy aqua relief system is a versatile hot/cold pack that will help for both systemic pain conditions as well as part specific pain conditions (knee, back, wrist, shoulder, etc.) A setting of 120° F is particularly useful to provide deep penetrating therapeutic heat therapy.
The Pain Cycle : Low back and neck pain may be caused by trauma or continual strain. The body responds to such pain with muscle guarding, an attempt to immobilize the painful site by tightening the muscles. Muscle guarding impairs circulation in the affected area. The decrease in blood supply leads to a decrease in metabolism with an accumulation of waste products. Moist heat modalities can help break this pain cycle and aid in the normal healing process.
The Diabetic Benefits:
The Aqua Relief hot cold therapy system uses 105° F water to help improve blood circulation in the hands and feet. Or, cold water can also be used to reduce swelling that is associated with diabetic neuropathy.
Other benefits: The ARS hot cold therapy system is adjustable from 32° F and 120° F ·allowing for a therapeutic advantage. Either low pleasant heat can be set ·or high penetrating heat. Safe, controlled, and time-saving to both the patient and the care giver. 7-8 hrs of continuous cold therapy. All body parts can be treated. Custom booties and mitts allow for treatment of circulatory and pain problems in the hands and feet. The aqua-relief hot therapy system can be used for the following applications: back, knee, hip, foot and ankle, hand and wrist, shoulder, elbow, chest, breast, face and jaw, head, neck, feet, hands, and other specific applications.
"|"ARS Aqua Relief System Therapy Versatile 3 Strap Joint Wrap - VJW"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
arc-tpu|arc-tpu|PRODUCTS|"ARS Aqua Relief System Universal Therapy Pad - TPU"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/arc-tpu.html"|(39.95 3 117.75 6 231.3 12 455.4)||T|"Aqua Relief System"|""|""|""|"
ARS®Aqua Relief System Universal Therapy pad - 10x11" Hot water therapy aqua-relief system introduces a new break through in diabetic care and pain relief.
Diabetes often leads to peripheral vascular disease that inhibits a person's blood circulation. With this condition, there is a narrowing of the arteries that frequently leads to significantly decreased circulation in the lower part of the legs and the feet. Poor circulation contributes to diabetic foot problems by reducing the amount of oxygen and nutrition supplied to the skin and other tissue, causing injuries to heal poorly. Poor circulation can also lead to swelling and dryness of the foot. Preventing foot complications is more critical for the diabetic patient because poor circulation impairs the healing process and can lead to ulcers, infection, and other serious foot conditions.
What causes ulceration?
The most common cause of chronic leg ulcers is poor blood circulation in the legs. These are known as arterial and venous leg ulcers.
Aqua-Relief about the device:
Cold or Hot water is circulated all around the joint providing optimal 360° treatments.
Hot water therapy system can provide cool water for 6-8 hours or Hot with no-limits.
Provides added compression to further reduce pain and inflammation.
Aqua-relief hot cold therapy device reduces chances of skin damage by continuously circulating the fluid.
Allows movement of the joint without loosing the ice.
Hot water therapy has adjustable temperature with a safety setting (timer)
Hot cold therapy improves blood circulation and reduces edema/swelling
Hot therapy reduces pain and discomfort of neuropathy
Effective for pain relief in joints and sore muscles
Can be used on the hands and feet (and all other body parts)
Covered by Medicare and Medicare Approved
Alternative health therapy aqua relief system is a clinical therapeutic pain management and circulatory improvement system that can be used in the home to help with your diabetes. It's an all-in-one system that combines heat therapy and cold therapy , allowing you to reduce edema/swelling, improve blood circulation and reduce the discomforts associated with Diabetes.
Aqua Relief System has patented designed wraps that are fitted around the feet and hands. A diabetic sock/glove is worn first, and then a water bladder fits snuggly around your hands or feet to provide a custom like fit.
The hot water therapy unit also has therapy pads, that fit around any part of the body through the use of a compression wrap. Knee, shoulders, ankles, and backs, all can be treated by either hot (dry or moist) or cold water therapy.
Uses:
Aqua-Relief - Hot What exactly does Heat do?
Heat improves circulation.
Heat improves cell function (metabolism).
Heat decreases stiffness in tendons and ligaments.
Heat relaxes the muscles and decreases muscle spasm.
Heat lessens pain.
Aqua-Relief - Cold What exactly does Cold do?
Cold therapy with ice is the best immediate treatment for acute injuries because it can reduce swelling and pain. Ice is a vasoconstrictor (causes the blood vessels to narrow) and it limits bleeding at the injury site. Apply ice to the affected area several times a day.
Cold water therapy is also helpful in treating chronic pain.
The Pain Management Benefits:
The natural therapy aqua relief system delivers pain relief to achy joints, or muscles due to arthritic pain , or carpal tunnel syndrome or many other nerve pain conditions. Hot therapy aqua relief system is a versatile hot/cold pack that will help for both systemic pain conditions as well as part specific pain conditions (knee, back, wrist, shoulder, etc.) A setting of 120° F is particularly useful to provide deep penetrating therapeutic heat therapy.
The Pain Cycle : Low back and neck pain may be caused by trauma or continual strain. The body responds to such pain with muscle guarding, an attempt to immobilize the painful site by tightening the muscles. Muscle guarding impairs circulation in the affected area. The decrease in blood supply leads to a decrease in metabolism with an accumulation of waste products. Moist heat modalities can help break this pain cycle and aid in the normal healing process.
The Diabetic Benefits:
The Aqua Relief hot cold therapy system uses 105° F water to help improve blood circulation in the hands and feet. Or, cold water can also be used to reduce swelling that is associated with diabetic neuropathy.
Other benefits: The ARS hot cold therapy system is adjustable from 32°F and 120°F ·allowing for a therapeutic advantage. Either low pleasant heat can be set ·or high penetrating heat. Safe, controlled, and time-saving to both the patient and the care giver. 7-8 hrs of continuous cold therapy. All body parts can be treated. Custom booties and mitts allow for treatment of circulatory and pain problems in the hands and feet. The aqua-relief hot therapy system can be used for the following applications: back, knee, hip, foot and ankle, hand and wrist, shoulder, elbow, chest, breast, face and jaw, head, neck, feet, hands, and other specific applications.
"|"ARS Aqua Relief System Universal Therapy Pad - TPU"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
assisted-living-devices|assisted-living-devices|SECTIONS|"Assisted Living Devices"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"
Everyday activities that get harder with age or illness. Both Stander and Drive Medical, just some of the brands we carry, have created independent living products to make doing everyday day activities easier again. We all know how hard it is on us when we have to rely on others to help us from putting on our seatbelts to opening a door. The products we carry from these brands are all made to help you become independent and feeling like yourself again. Make each day a little easier with these devices! We hope you find something here that suits your therapy needs. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here.
"|"Assisted Living Devices"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:AVIN-AI1007 :AVIN-AI1008 :STANDER-3101-GREAT-GRIP :STANDER-2080 :STANDER-2082 :STANDER-2099 :STANDER-3001 :STANDER-3033 :DRIVE-RTL5020 :DRIVE-850000165 :DRIVE-605B :DRIVE-RTL1113 :DRIVE-850000128 :DRIVE-RTL1410 :DRIVE-RTL1411 :DRIVE-RTL1412 :DRIVE-RTL1413 :DRIVE-RTL1441 :DRIVE-RTL1442 :DRIVE-RTL15063-ADJ :DRIVE-RTL2010 :DRIVE-RTL2012 :DRIVE-RTL2025 :DRIVE-RTL2030 :DRIVE-RTL2032 :DRIVE-RTL2041 :DRIVE-RTL2044 :DRIVE-RTL2046 :DRIVE-RTL2049 :DRIVE-RTL2050 :DRIVE-RTL2052 :DRIVE-RTL2061 :DRIVE-RTL3515 :DRIVE-RTL3516 :DRIVE-RTL5021 :DRIVE-RTL5022 :DRIVE-RTL9102 :DRIVE-RTL9103 :DRIVE-RTL9104 :DRIVE-RTL9109 :DRIVE-RTL9506 :DRIVE-RTLAGF-300 :DRIVE-RTL1411 :DRIVE-RTL6121 :DRIVE-RTL6123 :DRIVE-RTL7047 :DRIVE-605R :DRIVE-RTL6048 :DRIVE-RTL6045 :DRIVE-RTL6046 :DRIVE-RTL6107 :DRIVE-RTLPC23245 :DRIVE-RTLPC23278 :DRIVE-12455 :DRIVE-RTL6044 :DRIVE-RTL6144 :DRIVE-RTL6047 :DRIVE-MQ3600 :DRIVE-PM20BA :DRIVE-PM20GA :DRIVE-607BL :DRIVE-607R :DRIVE-RTLPC23401 :DRIVE-RTLPC23402 :DRIVE-RTL1020 :DRIVE-RTL1027 :DRIVE-RTL5023 :DRIVE-UDK-USBW :DRIVE-BP001 :DRIVE-BP002 :DRIVE-BP004 :DRIVE-RTLBP1000 :DRIVE-RTLBP2000 :DRIVE-RTLBP2200)"|""|||
attends|attends|SECTIONS|"Attends"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"When you need incontinence products for you, your loved one, or patients, think and choose Attends products. Attends is known for conducting scientific research, plus locating and utilizing the best materials available. Attends Products, such as pads, dry wipes, underwear, discreet underwear, briefs, and other incontinent products, are available at a low cost and are just a few clicks away on OTC Wholesale. There are many convenient features that are available in different products when you purchase an Attends product like: triple tier protection, Dry-Lock® Dryness Layer, barrier leg cuffs, air-permeable design, and soft, breathable, cloth-like material. Attends is here to help get you back to doing the things you love, no matter the incontinence level. They do not want you to be limited in any way by any amount of incontinence level."|"Attends Underwear, Briefs and Underpads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:ATTENDS-AIRDRI-BREATH-PLUS-UNDERPAD :ATTENDS-BREATHABLE-BRIEFS :ATTENDS-BRIEFS-WAISTBAND-STYLE :ATTENDS-DRI-SORB-PLUS-UNDERPAD :ATTENDS-DRI-SORB-UNDERPAD :ATTENDS-DRY-WIPES-10X13 :ATTENDS-EXTRA-ABSORB-BREATHABLE-BRIEFS :ATTENDS-INSERT-PADS :ATTENDS-NIGHT-PRESERVER-UNDERPAD :ATTENDS-OVERNIGHT-BREATHABLE-BRIEFS :ATTENDS-OVERNIGHT-PROTECTIVE-UNDERWEAR :ATTENDS-POLY-BRIEFS :ATTENDS-SUPERSORB-BREATHABLE-UNDERPAD :ATTENDS-UNDERWEAR-EXTRA-ABSORB :ATTENDS-UNDERWEAR-REGULAR-ABSORBENCY :ATTENDS-UNDERWEAR-SUPER-PLUS :ATTENDS-VALUE-BREATHABLE-BRIEFS :ATTENDS-WASHCLOTHS :ATTENDS-DRY-WIPES-10X13-MEDIUM-WEIGHT-2503)"|""|||
attends-airdri-breath-plus-underpad|attends-airdri-breath-plus-underpad|PRODUCTS|"Attends Air-Dri Breathables Plus Underpad"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-airdri-breath-plus-underpad.html"|(56.12)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Attends Air-Dri Breathables Plus Underpad
Attends® Air Dri® Breathables® Plus Underpads were specifically designed for air-flow therapy beds. They have a heavy absorbency level and a sturdy, soft, cloth-like top sheet. The back sheet is resilient, cloth-like, non-slip material. This product was made to permit air flow when dry or even wet. They include a super absorbent polymer to route and retain moisture in the core and help manage and control odor. Sizes/quantities: 23” x 36” which contains 6 bags of 10, 30” x 36” which contains 12 bags of 5.
Attends® Air Dri® Breathables® Underpads were specifically designed for air-flow therapy beds. Made for moderate absorbency level. This pad features a sturdy, soft, cloth-like top sheet and a resilient, cloth-like, non-slip back sheet. Made to permit air flow when wet or dry. Two different sizes and quantities are available. The first size is 23 inches by 36 inches and the second is 30 inches by 36.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Absorbent polymer
Soft, cloth-like top sheet
Cloth-like back sheet
Designed specifically for air-flow type therapy beds
Designed for better air flow when pad is dry or wet
Back sheet is Non-slip
No latex
Technical
Disposable
23”X36” or 30”X36”
Moderate to Heavy Absorbency
Back sheet Color- Blue
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underpad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Air-Dri Breathables Plus Underpad"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:ATTENDS-AIRDRI-BREATH-PLUS-UNDERPAD-HVY-FCPP-2336 :ATTENDS-AIRDRI-BREATH-PLUS-UNDERPAD-HVY-FCPP-3036 :ATTENDS-AIRDRI-BREATH-PLUS-UNDERPAD-MOD-FCP-2336 :ATTENDS-AIRDRI-BREATH-PLUS-UNDERPAD-MOD-FCP-3030 :ATTENDS-CONFIDENCE-WINGFOLD-BRIEF-MOD-WBF-10T-10 :ATTENDS-TUCKABLES-UNDERPAD-HEAVY-36X70-1913)"|""|||
attends-airdri-breath-plus-underpad-hvy-fcpp-2336|attends-airdri-breath-plus-underpad-hvy-fcpp-2336|PRODUCTS|"Attends Air-Dri Breathables Plus Underpad, Heavy - 23x36 in - FCPP-2336 - 60/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-airdri-breath-plus-underpad-hvy-fcpp-2336.html"|(100.9)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Attends Air-Dri Breathables Plus Underpad, Heavy - 23""x36"" - FCPP-2336 - 60/cs
This is the 23”X36” underpad. They have a heavy absorbency level and a sturdy, soft, cloth-like top sheet. 6 bags of 10 each (23” x 36”)
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Absorbent polymer
Soft, cloth-like top sheet
Cloth-like back sheet
Designed specifically for air-flow type therapy beds
Designed for better air flow when pad is dry or wet
Back sheet is Non-slip
No latex
Technical
Disposable
23”X36” or 30”X36”
Moderate to Heavy Absorbency
Back sheet Color- Blue
Includes
One case of Attends Air-Dri Breathables Plus Underpad, Heavy - 23"x36" - Model: FCPP-2336 - 60/cs (6 bags of 10)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underpad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Air-Dri Breathables Plus Underpad, Heavy - 23 x 36 in - FCPP-2336 - 60/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-airdri-breath-plus-underpad-hvy-fcpp-3036|attends-airdri-breath-plus-underpad-hvy-fcpp-3036|PRODUCTS|"Attends Air-Dri Breathables Plus Underpad, Heavy - 30x36 in - FCPP-3036 - 60/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-airdri-breath-plus-underpad-hvy-fcpp-3036.html"|(83.48)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Attends Air-Dri Breathables Plus Underpad, Heavy - 30""x36"" - FCPP-3036 - 60/cs
This is the 30”X36” underpad. They have a heavy absorbency level and a sturdy, soft, cloth-like top sheet. 12 bags of 5 each (30” x 36”)
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Absorbent polymer
Soft, cloth-like top sheet
Cloth-like back sheet
Designed specifically for air-flow type therapy beds
Designed for better air flow when pad is dry or wet
Back sheet is Non-slip
No latex
Technical
Disposable
23”X36” or 30”X36”
Moderate to Heavy Absorbency
Back sheet Color- Blue
Includes
One case of Attends Air-Dri Breathables Plus Underpad, Heavy - 30"x36" - Model: FCPP-3036 - 60/cs (12 bags of 5)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underpad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Air-Dri Breathables Plus Underpad, Heavy - 30 x 36 in - FCPP-3036 - 60/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-airdri-breath-plus-underpad-mod-fcp-2336|attends-airdri-breath-plus-underpad-mod-fcp-2336|PRODUCTS|"Attends Air-Dri Breathables Underpad, Moderate - 23x36 in - FCP-2336 - 60/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-airdri-breath-plus-underpad-mod-fcp-2336.html"|(61)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Subtle, discreet pads that are made for use with another disposable product as another layer of protection. This product can be used with disposable underwear, briefs, and other pads. The booster pad absorbs the fluids, first. Then, once the booster pad is full, the booster pad allows fluids to flow through and be absorbed into the other disposable product. This product boasts its soft, cloth-like material. It has a full length, hold-in-place adhesive strip for ease and convenience. These are individually wrapped. The size and quantity is: 3.75” x 11” which contains 8 bags of 24.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Subtle, discreet pads
Can be used with disposable underwear, briefs, and other pads
Soft, cloth-like material
Full length, hold-in-place adhesive strip
Individually wrapped
No latex
Technical
3.75” x 11”
No latex
Disposable
Includes
One case of Attends Booster Pads - Model: BST0192 - 192/cs (8 bags of 24)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Pad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
Why sacrifice performance or value when you can have both?! With Attends Classic briefs you don’t have to choose, you can have both! It’s a classic brief made of soft, porous material for comfort. Since it is a part of the premiere Attends professional-grade product line that means that it was specifically made with your skin’s health in mind. Features a supersorb layer for advanced dryness and their single core plus layer contains more absorbent polymers than the regular standard single core and has odor-blocking technology. Attends breathable briefs are good for heavy to severe incontinence. Sizes and quantities: Medium, Regular, Large, and X-Large.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Attends Incontinence Brief Features
No latex
Breathable side panels
Supersorb layer
Cloth-like outer covering
Soft, flexible Comfort Flex-Tabs
Technical
Application: Incontinent Brief
User: Adult
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underwear will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
This product by Attends has a unique waistband system with you kept in mind! Contains a soft, stretch waistband that is made for your comfort during use. Contains a soft, cloth-like inside liner that is also made for your comfort and is tender while in contact of your skin. It has six standard tape tabs to custom fit you better. These briefs have a poly outer covering made for leakage protection. These are designed for heavy incontinence levels. Sizes and quantities: Medium and Large.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Super absorbent polymer
Soft, stretch waistband
Soft, cloth-like inside liner
Six standard tape tabs
Poly outer covering
No latex
Technical
Adult
Unisex
Disposable
Heavy incontinence protection
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Brief will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
Medium- 32-44” (Case of 44/ 2 bags of 22) This is the medium size. This product by Attends has a unique waistband system with you kept in mind!
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Super absorbent polymer
Soft, stretch waistband
Soft, cloth-like inside liner
Six standard tape tabs
Poly outer covering
No latex
Technical
Adult
Unisex
Disposable
Heavy incontinence protection
Includes
One case of Medium Attends Briefs Waistband Style - Model: BRW102044 - 44/cs (2 bags of 22)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Brief will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Briefs Waistband Style - Medium Retail - BRW102044 - 44/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-cairpad-fluid-cntrl-underpad-cfcp-2336-5|attends-cairpad-fluid-cntrl-underpad-cfcp-2336-5|PRODUCTS|"Attends Cairpad Fluid Control Underpad, Super - 23x36 in - CFCP-2336/5 - 60/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-cairpad-fluid-cntrl-underpad-cfcp-2336-5.html"|(155.52)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Attends Cairpad Fluid Control Underpad, Super - 23""x36"" - CFCP-2336/5 - 60/cs
Attends® Cairpad® Fluid-Control Pads were specifically formulated for air-flow therapy beds. This underpad is made for heavy absorbency level. Features a durable, soft, cloth-like top sheet and a sturdy, cloth-like, non-slip back sheet. These are made to let air flow easily when dry or even wet. They include a super absorbent polymer to route and retain moisture in the core and help control odor. Size and quantity: 23” x 36” which contains 12 bags of 5.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Durable, soft, cloth-like top sheet
Sturdy, cloth-like, non-slip back sheet
Super absorbent polymer
Design allows for improved air flow when pad is either wet or dry
Designed specifically for air-flow therapy beds
No latex
Technical
23'' x 36''
Disposable
Includes
One case of Attends Cairpad Fluid Control Underpad, Super - 23"x36" - Model: CFCP-2336/5 - 60/cs (12 bags of 5)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underpad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Cairpad Fluid Control Underpad, Super - 23 x 36 in - CFCP-2336/5 - 60/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-confidence-wingfold-brief-mod-wbf-10t-10|attends-confidence-wingfold-brief-mod-wbf-10t-10|PRODUCTS|"Attends Confidence Wingfold Brief / Underpad, Moderate - 23x36 in - WBF-10T/10 - 100/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-confidence-wingfold-brief-mod-wbf-10t-10.html"|(56.12)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Attends® Wingfold Underpads/Briefs have a cloth-like feel. The cloth-like feel helps keep your skin healthy. They are used for light absorbency. Has two features! These are packaged as a brief, BUT you can unfold them and use them as a pad. To use them as a brief, you simply leave them as is and use the tape tabs. This product is leak resistant. It has a white back sheet that is to protect surfaces. They are 23 inches by 36 inches in size. This product comes in 10 bags of 10 each.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Cloth-like
Side tape tabs for optional use as non-fitted brief
No latex
Technical
23" x 36"
Light absorbency
Disposable
Includes
One case of Attends Confidence Wingfold Brief / Underpad - 23" x 36" - Model: WBF-10T/10 - 100/cs (10 bags of 10)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underpad/Brief will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Confidence Wingfold Brief / Underpad, Moderate - 23 x 36 in - WBF-10T/10 - 100/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-dri-sorb-plus-underpad|attends-dri-sorb-plus-underpad|PRODUCTS|"Attends Dri-Sorb Plus Underpad"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-dri-sorb-plus-underpad.html"|(52.5)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Attends Dri-Sorb Plus Underpad
Attends® Dri-Sorb® Plus Underpads are awesome for everyday use. Great for using when changing a baby, covering your car’s seats after the kids go swimming, or when the kids are messy eaters and you need to cover the seats of your car. Soft, cloth-like material made with the health of your skin in mind. The back sheet is leak resistant. There are a few different sizes and quantities. Please select from the drop-down menu.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Super absorbent polymer and cellulose fibers
Soft, cloth-like top sheet
Leak resistant back sheet
No latex
Technical
Absorbent Capacity: Moderate
Backing Material: Cotton
Top sheet Material: Soft
Disposable
Color: Peach
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underpad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Dri-Sorb Plus Underpad"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:ATTENDS-DRI-SORB-PLUS-UNDERPAD-23X36-UFP-236 :ATTENDS-DRI-SORB-PLUS-UNDERPAD-30X30-UFP-300 :ATTENDS-DRI-SORB-PLUS-UNDERPAD-30X36-UFP-360 :ATTENDS-DRI-SORB-UNDERPAD-17X24-UFS-170 :ATTENDS-DRI-SORB-UNDERPAD-23X24-UFS-230 :ATTENDS-DRI-SORB-UNDERPAD-23X36-UFS-236 :ATTENDS-DRI-SORB-UNDERPAD-23X36-UFS-236120 :ATTENDS-DRI-SORB-UNDERPAD-30X30-H-3030 :ATTENDS-DRI-SORB-UNDERPAD-30X30-H-3030-5 :ATTENDS-DRI-SORB-UNDERPAD-30X30-UFS-300)"|""|||
attends-dri-sorb-plus-underpad-23x36-ufp-236|attends-dri-sorb-plus-underpad-23x36-ufp-236|PRODUCTS|"Attends Dri-Sorb Plus Underpad w/Polymer - 23x36 in - UFP-236 - 150/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-dri-sorb-plus-underpad-23x36-ufp-236.html"|(56.26)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
This is the 23”x36” underpad. Attends® Dri-Sorb® Plus Underpads are awesome for everyday use such as they are great for using when changing a baby, covering your car’s seats after the kids go swimming, or when the kids are messy eaters and you need to cover the seats of your car. 15 bags of 10 each (23”x36”)
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Super absorbent polymer and cellulose fibers
Soft, cloth-like top sheet
Leak resistant back sheet
No latex
Technical
Absorbent Capacity: Moderate
Backing Material: Cotton
Top sheet Material: Soft
Disposable
Color: Peach
Includes
One case of Attends Dri-Sorb Plus Underpad w/Polymer - 23"x36" - Model: UFP-236 - 150/cs (15 bags of 10)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underpad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Dri-Sorb Plus Underpad w/Polymer - 23 x 36 in - UFP-236 - 150/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-dri-sorb-plus-underpad-30x30-ufp-300|attends-dri-sorb-plus-underpad-30x30-ufp-300|PRODUCTS|"Attends Dri-Sorb Plus Underpad w/Polymer - 30x30 in - UFP-300 - 150/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-dri-sorb-plus-underpad-30x30-ufp-300.html"|(66.12)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
This is the 15 bags of 10 each (30”x30”). Attends® Dri-Sorb® Plus Underpads are awesome for everyday use such as they are great for using when changing a baby, covering your car’s seats after the kids go swimming, or when the kids are messy eaters and you need to cover the seats of your car. 15 bags of 10 each (30”x30”)
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Super absorbent polymer and cellulose fibers
Soft, cloth-like top sheet
Leak resistant back sheet
No latex
Technical
Absorbent Capacity: Moderate
Backing Material: Cotton
Top sheet Material: Soft
Disposable
Color: Peach
Includes
One case of Attends Dri-Sorb Plus Underpad w/Polymer - 30"x30" - Model: UFP-300 - 150/cs (15 bags of 10)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underpad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Dri-Sorb Plus Underpad w/Polymer - 30 x 30 in - UFP-300 - 150/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-dri-sorb-plus-underpad-30x36-ufp-360|attends-dri-sorb-plus-underpad-30x36-ufp-360|PRODUCTS|"Attends Dri-Sorb Plus Underpad w/Polymer - 30x36 in - UFP-360 - 100/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-dri-sorb-plus-underpad-30x36-ufp-360.html"|(65.26)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
This is the 10 bags of 10 each (30”X30”). Attends® Dri-Sorb® Plus Underpads are awesome for everyday use such as they are great for using when changing a baby, covering your car’s seats after the kids go swimming, or when the kids are messy eaters and you need to cover the seats of your car. 10 bags of 10 each (30”X30”)
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Super absorbent polymer and cellulose fibers
Soft, cloth-like top sheet
Leak resistant back sheet
No latex
Technical
Absorbent Capacity: Moderate
Backing Material: Cotton
Top sheet Material: Soft
Disposable
Color: Peach
Includes
One case of Attends Dri-Sorb Plus Underpad w/Polymer - 30"x36" - Model: UFP-360 - 100/cs (10 bags of 10)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underpad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Dri-Sorb Plus Underpad w/Polymer - 30 x 36 in - UFP-360 - 100/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-dri-sorb-underpad|attends-dri-sorb-underpad|PRODUCTS|"Attends Dri-Sorb Underpad"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-dri-sorb-underpad.html"|(52.82)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Attends Dri-Sorb Underpad
Attends® Dri-Sorb® Underpads are great for everyday use and has light absorbency levels. Great for things such as: starting an IV, covering a chair, or minor surgical procedures. Soft, cloth-like material made for keeping your skin healthy. The back sheet is blue and leak resistant. Available in a wide variety of sizes and quantities. Please select from the drop-down menu.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Soft, cloth-like material
Leak resistant back sheet
No latex
Technical
Blue back sheet
Disposable
Application: Absorbent Underpads
Backing Material: Polyethylene
Top sheet Material: Cloth-like
Absorbent Core Material: Fluff/Polymer
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underpad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
This is the 17”x24” underpad.These are great for things such as: starting an IV, covering a chair, or minor surgical procedures. The soft, cloth-like material is made for keeping your skin healthy.
30 bags of 10 each (17”x24”)
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Soft, cloth-like material
Leak resistant back sheet
No latex
Technical
Blue back sheet
Disposable
Application: Absorbent Underpads
Backing Material: Polyethylene
Top sheet Material: Cloth-like
Absorbent Core Material: Fluff/Polymer
Includes
One case of Attends Dri-Sorb Underpad - 17"x24" - Model: UFS-170 - 300/cs (30 bags of 10)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underpad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Dri-Sorb Underpad - 17 x 24 in - UFS-170 - 300/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-dri-sorb-underpad-23x24-ufs-230|attends-dri-sorb-underpad-23x24-ufs-230|PRODUCTS|"Attends Dri-Sorb Underpad - 23x24 in - UFS-230 - 200/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-dri-sorb-underpad-23x24-ufs-230.html"|(66.44)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
This is the 23”x24” underpad. These are great for things such as: starting an IV, covering a chair, or minor surgical procedures. The soft, cloth-like material is made for keeping your skin healthy. 20 bags of 10 each (23“x24”)
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Soft, cloth-like material
Leak resistant back sheet
No latex
Technical
Blue back sheet
Disposable
Application: Absorbent Underpads
Backing Material: Polyethylene
Top sheet Material: Cloth-like
Absorbent Core Material: Fluff/Polymer
Includes
One case of Attends Dri-Sorb Underpad - 23"x24" - Model: UFS-230 - 200/cs (20 bags of 10)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underpad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Dri-Sorb Underpad - 23 x 24 in -UFS-230 - 200/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-dri-sorb-underpad-23x36-ufs-236120|attends-dri-sorb-underpad-23x36-ufs-236120|PRODUCTS|"Attends Dri-Sorb Underpad - 23x36 in- UFS-236120 - 120/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-dri-sorb-underpad-23x36-ufs-236120.html"|(54.9)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
This is the 120 count 23”x36” underpad. These are great for things such as: starting an IV, covering a chair, or minor surgical procedures. The soft, cloth-like material is made for keeping your skin healthy. 12 bags of 10 each (23“x36”)
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Soft, cloth-like material
Leak resistant back sheet
No latex
Technical
Blue back sheet
Disposable
Application: Absorbent Underpads
Backing Material: Polyethylene
Top sheet Material: Cloth-like
Absorbent Core Material: Fluff/Polymer
Includes
One case of Attends Dri-Sorb Underpad - 23"x36" - Model: UFS-236120 - 120/cs (12 bags of 10)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underpad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Dri-Sorb Underpad - 23 x 36 in -UFS-236120 - 120/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-dri-sorb-underpad-23x36-ufs-236|attends-dri-sorb-underpad-23x36-ufs-236|PRODUCTS|"Attends Dri-Sorb Underpad - 23x36 in - UFS-236 - 150/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-dri-sorb-underpad-23x36-ufs-236.html"|(52.5)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
This is the 150 count 23”x36” underpad. These are great for things such as: starting an IV, covering a chair, or minor surgical procedures. The soft, cloth-like material is made for keeping your skin healthy. 15 bags of 10 each (23“x36”)
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Soft, cloth-like material
Leak resistant back sheet
No latex
Technical
Blue back sheet
Disposable
Application: Absorbent Underpads
Backing Material: Polyethylene
Top sheet Material: Cloth-like
Absorbent Core Material: Fluff/Polymer
Includes
One case of Attends Dri-Sorb Underpad - 23"x36" - Model: UFS-236 - 150/cs (15 bags of 10)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underpad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Dri-Sorb Underpad - 23 x 36 in - UFS-236 - 150/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-dri-sorb-underpad-30x30-h-3030|attends-dri-sorb-underpad-30x30-h-3030|PRODUCTS|"Attends Dri-Sorb Underpad - 30x30 in - H-3030 - 150/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-dri-sorb-underpad-30x30-h-3030.html"|(65.7)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
This is the 15 bags of 10 each (30“x30”) underpad. These are great for things such as: starting an IV, covering a chair, or minor surgical procedures. The soft, cloth-like material is made for keeping your skin healthy. 15 bags of 10 each (30“x30”)
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Soft, cloth-like material
Leak resistant back sheet
No latex
Technical
Blue back sheet
Disposable
Application: Absorbent Underpads
Backing Material: Polyethylene
Top sheet Material: Cloth-like
Absorbent Core Material: Fluff/Polymer
Includes
One case of Attends Dri-Sorb Underpad - 30"x30" - Model: H-3030 - 150/cs (15 bags of 10)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underpad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Dri-Sorb Underpad - 30 x 30 in - H-3030 - 150/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-dri-sorb-underpad-30x30-h-3030-5|attends-dri-sorb-underpad-30x30-h-3030-5|PRODUCTS|"Attends Dri-Sorb Underpad - 30x30 in - H-3030/5 - 150/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-dri-sorb-underpad-30x30-h-3030-5.html"|(71.94)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
This is the 30 bags of 5 each (30“x30”) underpad. These are great for things such as: starting an IV, covering a chair, or minor surgical procedures. The soft, cloth-like material is made for keeping your skin healthy. 30 bags of 5 each (30“x30”)
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Soft, cloth-like material
Leak resistant back sheet
No latex
Technical
Blue back sheet
Disposable
Application: Absorbent Underpads
Backing Material: Polyethylene
Top sheet Material: Cloth-like
Absorbent Core Material: Fluff/Polymer
Includes
One case of Attends Dri-Sorb Underpad - 30"x30" - Model: H-3030/5 - 150/cs (30 bags of 5)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underpad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Dri-Sorb Underpad - 30 x 30 in - H-3030/5 - 150/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-dri-sorb-underpad-30x30-ufs-300|attends-dri-sorb-underpad-30x30-ufs-300|PRODUCTS|"Attends Dri-Sorb Underpad - 30x30 in - UFS-300 - 150/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-dri-sorb-underpad-30x30-ufs-300.html"|(76.14)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
This is the 15 bags of 10 each (30“x30”) underpad. These are great for things such as: starting an IV, covering a chair, or minor surgical procedures. The soft, cloth-like material is made for keeping your skin healthy. 15 bags of 10 each (30“x30”)
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Soft, cloth-like material
Leak resistant back sheet
No latex
Technical
Blue back sheet
Disposable
Application: Absorbent Underpads
Backing Material: Polyethylene
Top sheet Material: Cloth-like
Absorbent Core Material: Fluff/Polymer
Includes
One case of Attends Dri-Sorb Underpad - 30"x30" - Model: UFS-300 - 150/cs (15 bags of 10)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underpad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Dri-Sorb Underpad - 30 x 30 in - UFS-300 - 150/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-dry-wipes-10x13|attends-dry-wipes-10x13|PRODUCTS|"Attends Dry Wipes 10x13"""|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-dry-wipes-10x13.html"|(65.88)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Attends Dry Wipes 10x13""
Features an airlaid, non–woven material. These are great because they retain 8 to 10 times their own weight! Remarkable absorbency and impressive strength! Very gentle on your skin. This wipe does not add irritation. A sanitary option versus non-disposable cloths. Comes in two different strengths. Please choose from the drop-down menu.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Airlaid, non–woven material
Impressive strength
Remarkable absorbency
No latex
Technical
Retain 8 to 10 times their own weight
Two different strengths- Medium-weight, Heavy-weight
Disposable
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Wipe will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
This is the medium weight dry wipe. These are great because they retain 8 to 10 times their own weight! 20 bags of 50 each- 10” x 13”- Medium-weight
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Airlaid, non–woven material
Impressive strength
Remarkable absorbency
No latex
Technical
Retain 8 to 10 times their own weight
Two different strengths- Medium-weight, Heavy-weight
Disposable
Includes
One case of Attends Dry Wipes, Medium-weight - 10"x13" - Model: 2503 - 1000/cs (20 bags of 50)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Wipe will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Dry Wipes, Medium-weight - 10 x 13 in - 2503 - 1000/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-extra-absorb-breathable-briefs|attends-extra-absorb-breathable-briefs|PRODUCTS|"Attends Extra Absorbent Breathable Briefs"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-extra-absorb-breathable-briefs.html"|(65.88)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Attends Extra Absorbent Breathable Briefs
Part of the premiere Attends professional-grade product line specifically made with your skin’s health in mind. Features soft, porous materials with odor-blocking technology for trust and support of use. It has single core plus layer that contains more absorbent polymers than your standard single core. Supersorb layer for added protection against wetness. These are unisex briefs. Good for heavy to severe incontinence. Sizes include: Small, Medium, Regular, Large, and X-Large.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Additional fluff and polymer for added absorbency and improved performance
Breathable side panels
Soft inner liner
Cloth-like outer covering
Triple-tier moisture locking
Comfort Flex-Tabs
No latex
Technical
Application: Incontinent Brief
Backing Material: Cloth-Like
Color: White
Fastener Type: Resealable Tabs
Gender: Unisex
Leg Style: Elastic Gathers
Style Tab: Closure
Top sheet Material: Non-Woven
Usage: Disposable
User: Adult
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underwear will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Extra Absorbent Breathable Briefs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:ATTENDS-EXTRA-ABSORB-BREATHABLE-BRIEFS-LRG-BRBX30 :ATTENDS-EXTRA-ABSORB-BREATHABLE-BRIEFS-MED-BRBX20 :ATTENDS-EXTRA-ABSORB-BREATHABLE-BRIEFS-REG-BRBX25 :ATTENDS-EXTRA-ABSORB-BREATHABLE-BRIEFS-SML-BRBX10 :ATTENDS-EXTRA-ABSORB-BREATHABLE-BRIEFS-XL-BRBX40)"|""|||
attends-extra-absorb-breathable-briefs-lrg-brbx30|attends-extra-absorb-breathable-briefs-lrg-brbx30|PRODUCTS|"Attends Extra Absorbent Breathable Briefs - Lrg - BRBX30 - 72/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-extra-absorb-breathable-briefs-lrg-brbx30.html"|(65.88)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
This is the x-large size and it is part of the premiere Attends professional-grade product line specifically made with your skin’s health in mind.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Additional fluff and polymer for added absorbency and improved performance
Breathable side panels
Soft inner liner
Cloth-like outer covering
Triple-tier moisture locking
Comfort Flex-Tabs
No latex
Technical
Application: Incontinent Brief
Backing Material: Cloth-Like
Color: White
Fastener Type: Resealable Tabs
Gender: Unisex
Leg Style: Elastic Gathers
Style Tab: Closure
Top sheet Material: Non-Woven
Usage: Disposable
User: Adult
Includes
One case of Extra-Large Attends Extra Absorbent Breathable Briefs - Model: BRBX40 - 60/cs (3 bags of 20)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underwear will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Extra Absorbent Breathable Briefs - X-Large - BRBX40 - 60/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-guards-for-men-mg0400|attends-guards-for-men-mg0400|PRODUCTS|"Attends Guards for Men - MG0400 - 64/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-guards-for-men-mg0400.html"|(48.66)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Attends Guards for Men - MG0400 - 64/cs
Attends® Guards for Men® is made for light absorbency such as prostate difficulties, cancer, or surgery for example. These pads are unisize. Features a super absorbent polymer that traps wetness into the core and helps prevent odor. Also, features a unique, anatomical form fitting shape that is made for the comfort of the user. Soft, cloth-like inner liner for comfort. It has a strong, hold-in-place adhesive patch. The size/quantity of this product: Unisize, 4 boxes of 16.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Absorbent polymer
Anatomical, form-fitting shape
Soft, cloth-like inner liner for comfort
Strong, hold-in-place adhesive patch
No latex
Technical
Disposable
No latex
Unisize
Includes
One case of Attends Guards for Men - Model: MG0400 - 64/cs (4 boxes of 16)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Guard will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Guards for Men - MG0400 - 64/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-insert-pads|attends-insert-pads|PRODUCTS|"Attends Insert Pads"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-insert-pads.html"|(52.5)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Attends Insert Pads
Attends® Insert Pads are for women who need a light to moderate absorbency pad for reasons such as surgery, post-surgery, OB/GYN care, and for post-partum. The soft, cloth-like material for the inner and outer lining is for your comfort. Super absorbent polymer makes trapping fluids and controlling odors easy.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Microporous inner liner
Poly outer covering
Strong, hold-in-place adhesive patch
No latex
Technical
No latex
Light to moderate absorbency
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Pad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
Attends® Light Insert Pads are for women who need a light absorbency pad for reasons such as surgery, post-surgery, OB/GYN care, and for post-partum. It is a thin, but absorbent pad. Soft, cloth-like material for the inner and outer lining for your comfort. Super absorbent polymer makes trapping fluids and controlling odors easy. Strong, full length adhesive strip to keep the pad in place. These are individually wrapped. The size/quantity available is: 3.75” x 11” which contains 8 bags of 24.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Thin, absorbent pad
Super absorbent polymer
Soft, cloth-like material
Strong, full length adhesive strip
Technical
3.75” x 11”
Disposable
No latex
Individually wrapped
Light absorbency
Includes
One case of Attends Insert Pads, Light - Model: IP0300 - 192/cs (8 bags of 24)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Pad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
Attends® Insert Pads are for women who need moderate absorbency for reasons such as post-partum or surgery. Poly outer covering made to stop leaks. Microporous inner liner helps wick away moisture from the user’s skin. Strong, hold-in-place adhesive patch that keeps pad in place during use. These pads are packaged in clear bags. These are sized 9” x 24” and they contain 6 bags of 24.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Microporous inner liner
Poly outer covering
Strong, hold-in-place adhesive patch
No latex
Technical
No latex
9” x 24”
Packaged in clear bags
Moderate absorbency
Includes
One case of Attends Insert Pads, Regular - Model: IP0400 - 144/cs (6 bags of 24)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Pad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
The most absorbent underpad that Attends makes! Normal scales for absorbency are; light, moderate, and heavy. These are so absorbent, that they have their own category, ultra max absorbency! The ultra max absorbency is almost twice as absorbent as the heavy absorbency pads! This decreases the need for using several underpads. Features a strong, soft, cloth-like top sheet and a non-slip, leak proof back sheet. Features an embossed pattern for directing fluids to the core. Super absorbent polymer rapidly retains moisture and helps manage odor. Over six times sturdier than the standard underpad. Patients how have a high risk of skin break down would benefit from the air permeability that this underpad features. The size of this underpad is 30” x 36” and it contains 12 bags of 5 each
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Strong, soft, cloth-like top sheet
Most absorbent underpad
Non-slip, leak proof back sheet
Embossed pattern for directing fluids to the core
Super absorbent polymer
No latex
Technical
30” x 36”
Disposable
Includes
One case of Attends Maximum Strength Supersorb Breathable Underpad - 30"x36" - Model: ASBM-3036 - 60/cs (12 bags of 5)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underpad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Maximum Strength Supersorb Breathable Underpad - Purple - 30 x 36 in - ASBM-3036 - 60/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-night-preserver-underpad|attends-night-preserver-underpad|PRODUCTS|"Attends Night Preserver Underpad"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-night-preserver-underpad.html"|(60.9)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Attends Night Preserver Underpad
Heavy absorbency underpad that is great for nighttime use! Can be used for multiple things like for pets, pet travel carriers, changing a baby, traveling in the car, after the kids go swimming and get in the car, and so many more ideas! Features a soft, cloth-like top sheet and a peach, leak resistant back sheet. There are multiple sizes and quantities available. Please select from the drop-down menu.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Soft, cloth-like top sheet
Leak resistant back sheet
No latex
Technical
Peach Back sheet
Disposable
Heavy absorbency
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underpad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Night Preserver Underpad"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:ATTENDS-NIGHT-PRESERVER-UNDERPAD-23X36-UFPP-236 :ATTENDS-NIGHT-PRESERVER-UNDERPAD-30X30-UFPP-300 :ATTENDS-NIGHT-PRESERVER-UNDERPAD-30X36-UFPP-360 :ATTENDS-NIGHT-PRESERVER-UNDERPAD-36X36-UFPP-366)"|""|||
attends-night-preserver-underpad-23x36-ufpp-236|attends-night-preserver-underpad-23x36-ufpp-236|PRODUCTS|"Attends Night Preserver Underpad w/Polymer - 23x36 in - UFPP-236 - 150/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-night-preserver-underpad-23x36-ufpp-236.html"|(80.52)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
These are the 10 bags of 5 each (36” x 36”). They feature heavy absorbency that is great for nighttime use! 10 bags of 5 each (36” x 36”)
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Soft, cloth-like top sheet
Leak resistant back sheet
No latex
Technical
Peach Back sheet
Disposable
Heavy absorbency
Includes
One case of Attends Night Preserver Plus Underpad w/Polymer - 36"x36" - Model: UFPP-366 - 100/cs (10 bags of 5)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underpad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Night Preserver Underpad w/Polymer - 36 x 36 in - UFPP-366 - 50/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-overnight-breathable-briefs|attends-overnight-breathable-briefs|PRODUCTS|"Attends Overnight Breathable Briefs"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-overnight-breathable-briefs.html"|(54.9)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Attends Overnight Breathable Briefs
The most absorbent brief that Attends makes for overnight and even prolonged uses! Great for day or night! The soft, cloth-like material of Attends overnight underwear gives you a discreet look and feel. Contains a triple-tier moisture locking system to protect you and your skin better and to control odor! Features their soft, flexible Comfort Flex-Tabs® to give you more security while maintaining comfort. Sizes and quantities: Medium, Large, and X-Large.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Most absorbent brief for extended and overnight wear
Additional super absorbent polymer
Cellulose fibers
Triple-tier moisture locking system
Comfort Flex-Tabs®
No latex
Technical
Severe Incontinence
Adult
Unisex
Disposable
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Brief will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
This is the most absorbent underwear Attends makes! Therefore making it great for day and nighttime use! Features leg cuffs that provide ultimate defense leak-guard protection. The porous material is made to decrease skin irritation from wetness. Contains flexible belly and waistband elastics for your comfort. Cloth-like material for inconspicuous, comfortable wear. It has dual leakage protection and is also 30% more absorbent so that you have less to worry about! Features the DermaDry Technology and tear-away side panels! These underwear by Attends have odor shield technology so that controlling odors is made easier! Works well for moderate to heavy incontinence and is also unisex. Comes in three different sizes: Medium, Large, and X-Large.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Classic Fit
Partial Belly Elastic
Dual Leakage Protection
DermaDry Technology
Extended Wear Capability
Inner leak-guard leg cuffs
Uses
Extended Overnight
Technical
Gender- Unisex
Absorbency- Maximum
No latex
Usage- Disposable
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets. Underwear will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
This is a size large. This underwear has dual leakage protection and is also 30% more absorbent so that you have less to worry about!
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Classic Fit
Partial Belly Elastic
Dual Leakage Protection
DermaDry Technology
Extended Wear Capability
Inner leak-guard leg cuffs
Uses
Extended Overnight
Technical
Gender- Unisex
Absorbency- Maximum
No latex
Usage- Disposable
Includes
One case of Large Attends Overnight Protective Underwear - Model: APPNT30 - 56/cs (4 bags of 14)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets. Underwear will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Overnight Protective Underwear - Large - APPNT30 - 56/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-overnight-protective-underwear-m-appnt20|attends-overnight-protective-underwear-m-appnt20|PRODUCTS|"Attends Overnight Protective Underwear - Med - APPNT20 - 64/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-overnight-protective-underwear-m-appnt20.html"|(70)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Attends Overnight Protective Underwear - Med - APPNT20 - 64/cs
This is a size medium. This underwear has dual leakage protection and is also 30% more absorbent so that you have less to worry about!
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Classic Fit
Partial Belly Elastic
Dual Leakage Protection
DermaDry Technology
Extended Wear Capability
Inner leak-guard leg cuffs
Uses
Extended Overnight
Technical
Gender- Unisex
Absorbency- Maximum
No latex
Usage- Disposable
Includes
One case of Medium Attends Overnight Protective Underwear - Model: APPNT20 - 64/cs (4 bags of 16)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets. Underwear will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
This is a size x-large. This underwear has dual leakage protection and is also 30% more absorbent so that you have less to worry about!
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Classic Fit
Partial Belly Elastic
Dual Leakage Protection
DermaDry Technology
Extended Wear Capability
Inner leak-guard leg cuffs
Uses
Extended Overnight
Technical
Gender- Unisex
Absorbency- Maximum
No latex
Usage- Disposable
Includes
One case of Extra-Large Attends Overnight Protective Underwear - Model: APPNT40 - 48/cs (4 bags of 12)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets. Underwear will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
Attends® Poly Briefs are soft, cloth-like briefs that are made for heavy levels of incontinence. Features their triple-tier moisture locking system! This serves the purpose of keeping your skin’s health in mind, maintaining absorbency levels and controlling odors by providing 3 absorbent layers. It has easy fit tabs that are comfortable and made for refastening without tearing the brief. The poly outer covering is resilient in controlling leaks. These are unisex. Sizes/quantities: Medium, Regular, Large, and X-Large.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Additional super absorbent polymer
Cellulose fibers
Triple-tier moisture locking system
Soft, cloth-like briefs
No latex
Technical
Unisex
Heavy Incontinence level
Adult
Disposable
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Brief will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
Featuring maximum absorbency, air-permeability, and extra-strength, these underpads are very absorbent and are also very sturdy. These underpads stay up to four times drier than the other brands out there. These Attends Supersorb breathable underpads were also proven in clinical studies to help decrease Stage I and Stage II pressure ulcers. This keeps the patient happy and healthy and helps reduce the costs for healthcare providers because it gets rid of the need for using multiple underpads at a time. Highlights an embossed pattern for directing fluids to the core. Features a strong, soft, cloth-like top sheet and a non-slip, leak proof back sheet. These Attends Supersorb breathable underpads come in two different sizes: 23” x 36” or 30” x 36”.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Embossed pattern
Nearly three times stronger than standard underpads
Proven to help reduce Stage I and II pressure ulcers
No latex
Technical
Disposable
23”x36” or 30”x36”
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underpad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
This is the 23”X36” underpad. These pads were also proven in clinical studies to help decrease Stage I and Stage II pressure ulcers. 14 bags of 5 each (23”x36”)
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Embossed pattern
Nearly three times stronger than standard underpads
Proven to help reduce Stage I and II pressure ulcers
No latex
Technical
Disposable
23”x36” or 30”x36”
Includes
One case of Attends Supersorb Breathable Underpad - 23"x36" - Model: ASB-2336 - 70/cs (14 bags of 5)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underpad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Supersorb Breathable Underpad - 23 x 36 in - Super - ASB-2336 - 70/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-supersorb-breathable-underpad-asb-3036|attends-supersorb-breathable-underpad-asb-3036|PRODUCTS|"Attends Supersorb Breathable Underpad - 30x36 in - Super - ASB-3036 - 60/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-supersorb-breathable-underpad-asb-3036.html"|(142.5)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
This is the 30”X36” underpad. These pads were also proven in clinical studies to help decrease Stage I and Stage II pressure ulcers. 12 bags of 5 each (30”x36”)
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Embossed pattern
Nearly three times stronger than standard underpads
Proven to help reduce Stage I and II pressure ulcers
No latex
Technical
Disposable
23”x36” or 30”x36”
Includes
One case of Attends Supersorb Breathable Underpad - 30"x36" - Model: ASB-3036 - 60/cs (12 bags of 5)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underpad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Supersorb Breathable Underpad - 30 x 36 in - Super - ASB-3036 - 60/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-tuckables-underpad-heavy-36x70-1913|attends-tuckables-underpad-heavy-36x70-1913|PRODUCTS|"Attends Tuckables Underpad, Heavy - 36x70 in - 1913 - 50/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-tuckables-underpad-heavy-36x70-1913.html"|(63.44)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Attends Tuckables Underpad, Heavy - 36""x70"" - 1913 - 50/cs
Attends® Tuckables® Underpads are pads that have wings that tuck under the mattress to help prevent the pad from bunching up or moving. Contains super absorbent beads that rapidly retain moisture. These underpads are for moderate absorbency level and are leak resistant. Soft, cloth-like material to help keep your skin healthy! They are 36 inches by 70 inches in size and come in 10 bags of 5 each.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Super absorbent polymer
Tuckable wings
Super absorbent beads
Soft, cloth-like material
No latex
Technical
36" x 70"
Moderate incontinence protection
Disposable
Includes
One case of Attends Tuckables Underpad, Heavy - 36"x70" - Model: 1913 - 60/cs (10 bags of 5)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underpad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Tuckables Underpad, Heavy - 36 x 70 in - 1913 - 50/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-undergarments-belted-style-bu0600|attends-undergarments-belted-style-bu0600|PRODUCTS|"Attends Undergarments Belted Style - BU0600 - 120/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-undergarments-belted-style-bu0600.html"|(72.5)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Attends® Belted Undergarments are made for everyday use and are unisex. They are broad, comfortable, reusable belts. Leg gathers and contoured shape for protection from leakage. These feature a soft, cloth-like inner liner. Poly outer covering that helps prevents leakage. The size/quantity available: fits up to 54" which contains 4 bags of 30.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Acquisition layer
Super absorbent polymer
Leg gathers
Contoured shape
Soft, cloth-like inner liner
Poly outer covering
Wide, comfortable, reusable belts
No latex
Technical
Moderate incontinence
Wide, comfortable, reusable belts
No latex
Includes
One case of Attends Undergarments, Belted Style - Model: BU0600 - 120/cs (4 bags of 30)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Undergarment will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
Great underpad for every day usage made for light absorbency. Features a resilient, soft, cloth-like top sheet that covers the whole sheet and is leak resistant. Green side indicates the back sheet which protect surfaces. Super absorbent beads rapidly retain moisture and help manage odor. The Attends Retail underpads are packaged in printed bags. The size of this underpad is 23” x 36” which contains 10 bags of 15 each.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Every day usage
Resilient, soft, cloth-like top sheet
Super absorbent beads
No latex
Technical
Green back sheet
23” x 36”
Disposable
Light absorbency
Includes
One case of Attends Underpad, Retail - 23"x36" (printed bags) - Model: UFS236RG - 150/cs (10 bags of 15)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underpad will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Underpad, Retail - 23 x 36 in (printed bags) - UFS236RG - 150/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-underwear-extra-absorb|attends-underwear-extra-absorb|PRODUCTS|"Attends Underwear Extra Absorbency"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-underwear-extra-absorb.html"|(57.34)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Attends Underwear Extra Absorbency
Instead of having to wear the briefs, you have the freedom to wear the soft, cloth like underwear style. Features the DermaDry Technology with Single Core Plus (which has a very high moisture volume) that wicks fluid away from the skin which helps reduce problems caused by wet skin and has barrier leg cuffs that are great for leakage protection. Tear-away sides for easy and convenient removal. Odor blocking technology helps eliminate odors. Features a comfortable elastic waistband and these are unisex. Works well for moderate to heavy incontinence. Comes in multiple sizes and quantities: Medium, Large, and X-Large.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
DermaDry Technology with Single Core Plus locks fluid away from the skin
Barrier leg cuffs for added leakage protection
Promotes dryness and skin health
Odor-blocking properties for confidence and dignity
Soft, cloth-like breathable fabric
Elastic waistband for a comfortable, contoured fit
Tear-away side panels for fast and easy removal
Perfect for moderate to heavy incontinence
No latex
Technical
Absorbency: Maximum
Gender: Unisex
Usage: Disposable
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underwear will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Underwear Extra Absorbency"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:ATTENDS-UNDERWEAR-EXTRA-ABSORB-LRG-AP0730 :ATTENDS-UNDERWEAR-EXTRA-ABSORB-LRG-HHC-AP0730100 :ATTENDS-UNDERWEAR-EXTRA-ABSORB-MED-AP0720 :ATTENDS-UNDERWEAR-EXTRA-ABSORB-MED-HHC-AP0720100 :ATTENDS-UNDERWEAR-EXTRA-ABSORB-XL-AP0740 :ATTENDS-UNDERWEAR-EXTRA-ABSORB-XL-HHC-AP0740100)"|""|||
attends-underwear-extra-absorb-lrg-ap0730|attends-underwear-extra-absorb-lrg-ap0730|PRODUCTS|"Attends Underwear Extra Absorbency - Lrg - AP0730 - 72/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-underwear-extra-absorb-lrg-ap0730.html"|(57.34)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Attends Underwear Extra Absorbency - Lrg - AP0730 - 72/cs
This is the large size case of 72 count. Instead of having to wear the briefs, you have the freedom to wear the soft, cloth like underwear style.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
DermaDry Technology with Single Core Plus locks fluid away from the skin
Barrier leg cuffs for added leakage protection
Promotes dryness and skin health
Odor-blocking properties for confidence and dignity
Soft, cloth-like breathable fabric
Elastic waistband for a comfortable, contoured fit
Tear-away side panels for fast and easy removal
Perfect for moderate to heavy incontinence
No latex
Technical
Absorbency: Maximum
Gender: Unisex
Usage: Disposable
Includes
One case of Large Attends Underwear Extra Absorbency - Model: AP0730 - 72/cs (4 bags of 18)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underwear will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Underwear Extra Absorbency - Large - AP0730 - 72/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-underwear-extra-absorb-lrg-hhc-ap0730100|attends-underwear-extra-absorb-lrg-hhc-ap0730100|PRODUCTS|"Attends Underwear Extra Absorbency - Lrg, HHC - AP0730100 - 100/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-underwear-extra-absorb-lrg-hhc-ap0730100.html"|(75.64)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Soft, cloth-like material that feels like regular underwear! Porous material helps to decrease problems caused by wet skin! These Attends® Regular Absorbency Protective Underwear feature odor shield technology, comfortable waistbands, and are unisex. Comes in three sizes: Medium, Large, and X-Large.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Porous material
Comfortable waistbands
Odor shield technology
Technical
Absorbent Capacity: Moderate Absorbency
Application: Absorbent Underwear
Backing Material: Cloth-Like
Color: White
Fastener Type: Pull-On
Gender: Unisex
Top sheet Material: Non-Woven
Usage: Disposable
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underwear will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
These are the x-large size Attends® Regular Absorbency Protective Underwear feature odor shield technology, comfortable waistbands, and are unisex.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Porous material
Comfortable waistbands
Odor shield technology
Technical
Absorbent Capacity: Moderate Absorbency
Application: Absorbent Underwear
Backing Material: Cloth-Like
Color: White
Fastener Type: Pull-On
Gender: Unisex
Top sheet Material: Non-Woven
Usage: Disposable
Includes
One case of Extra-Large Attends Underwear Regular Absorbency - Model: APV40 - 56/cs (4 bags of 14)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underwear will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Underwear Regular Absorbency - X-Large - APV40 - 56/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-underwear-super-plus|attends-underwear-super-plus|PRODUCTS|"Attends Underwear Super Plus with Leakage Barriers"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-underwear-super-plus.html"|(63.44)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Attends Underwear Super Plus with Leakage Barriers
The Attends® Super Plus Absorbency Protective Underwear with Leakage Barriers are made to feel like usual underwear for those constantly out and about or have a very active lifestyle. The soft, cloth like porous fabric is what gives them that regular underwear feel. Features barrier leg cuffs for protection against leakage and odor shield. These underwear have tear-away side panels that make taking them off convenient and quick! The elastic waistband is made to make you feel more comfortable and not irritated. These are unisex. Works well for moderate to heavy incontinence. Comes in multiple sizes: Youth/Small, Medium, Large, and X -Large.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Pull on and off just like regular underwear
Tear-away sides
Comfortable, stretch waistband
No latex
Technical
Absorbent Capacity: Heavy Absorbency
Application: Absorbent Underwear
Backing: Material Non-Woven
Color: White
Fastener Type: Stretchable
Gender: Unisex
Leg Style: Elastic Gathers
Style: Pull On
Top sheet Material: Non-Woven
Type: Briefs
Usage: Disposable
User: Adult
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underwear will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Underwear Super Plus with Leakage Barriers"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:ATTENDS-UNDERWEAR-SUPER-PLUS-LRG-APP0730 :ATTENDS-UNDERWEAR-SUPER-PLUS-MED-APP0720 :ATTENDS-UNDERWEAR-SUPER-PLUS-XL-APP0740 :ATTENDS-UNDERWEAR-SUPER-PLUS-YTH-SM-APP0710)"|""|||
attends-underwear-super-plus-lrg-app0730|attends-underwear-super-plus-lrg-app0730|PRODUCTS|"Attends Underwear Super Plus with Leakage Barriers - Lrg - APP0730 - 72/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-underwear-super-plus-lrg-app0730.html"|(65.88)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Attends Underwear Super Plus with Leakage Barriers - Lrg - APP0730 - 72/cs
This is the large size and they are made to feel like usual underwear for those constantly out and about or have a very active lifestyle.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Pull on and off just like regular underwear
Tear-away sides
Comfortable, stretch waistband
No latex
Technical
Absorbent Capacity: Heavy Absorbency
Application: Absorbent Underwear
Backing: Material Non-Woven
Color: White
Fastener Type: Stretchable
Gender: Unisex
Leg Style: Elastic Gathers
Style: Pull On
Top sheet Material: Non-Woven
Type: Briefs
Usage: Disposable
User: Adult
Includes
One case of Large Attends Underwear Super Plus w/ Leakage Barriers - Model: APP0730 - 72/cs (4 bags of 18)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underwear will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Underwear Super Plus with Leakage Barriers - Large - APP0730 - 72/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-underwear-super-plus-med-app0720|attends-underwear-super-plus-med-app0720|PRODUCTS|"Attends Underwear Super Plus with Leakage Barriers - Med - APP0720 - 80/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-underwear-super-plus-med-app0720.html"|(65.88)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Attends Underwear Super Plus with Leakage Barriers - Med - APP0720 - 80/cs
This is the Medium size and these are made to feel like usual underwear for those constantly out and about or have a very active lifestyle.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Pull on and off just like regular underwear
Tear-away sides
Comfortable, stretch waistband
No latex
Technical
Absorbent Capacity: Heavy Absorbency
Application: Absorbent Underwear
Backing: Material Non-Woven
Color: White
Fastener Type: Stretchable
Gender: Unisex
Leg Style: Elastic Gathers
Style: Pull On
Top sheet Material: Non-Woven
Type: Briefs
Usage: Disposable
User: Adult
Includes
One case of Medium Attends Underwear Super Plus w/ Leakage Barriers - Model: APP0720 - 80/cs (4 bags of 20)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underwear will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Underwear Super Plus with Leakage Barriers - Medium - APP0720 - 80/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-underwear-super-plus-xl-app0740|attends-underwear-super-plus-xl-app0740|PRODUCTS|"Attends Underwear Super Plus with Leakage Barriers - XL - APP0740 - 56/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-underwear-super-plus-xl-app0740.html"|(65.88)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Attends Underwear Super Plus with Leakage Barriers - XL - APP0740 - 56/cs
This is the x-large size and these are made to feel like usual underwear for those constantly out and about or have a very active lifestyle.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Pull on and off just like regular underwear
Tear-away sides
Comfortable, stretch waistband
No latex
Technical
Absorbent Capacity: Heavy Absorbency
Application: Absorbent Underwear
Backing: Material Non-Woven
Color: White
Fastener Type: Stretchable
Gender: Unisex
Leg Style: Elastic Gathers
Style: Pull On
Top sheet Material: Non-Woven
Type: Briefs
Usage: Disposable
User: Adult
Includes
One case of Extra-Large Attends Underwear Super Plus w/ Leakage Barriers - Model: APP0740 - 72/cs (4 bags of 14)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underwear will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Underwear Super Plus with Leakage Barriers - X-Large - APP0740 - 56/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-underwear-super-plus-yth-sm-app0710|attends-underwear-super-plus-yth-sm-app0710|PRODUCTS|"Attends Underwear Super Plus with Leakage Barriers - Yth/Sm - APP0710 - 80/cs"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-underwear-super-plus-yth-sm-app0710.html"|(63.44)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Attends Underwear Super Plus with Leakage Barriers - Yth/Sm - APP0710 - 80/cs
This is the youth/small size underwear and are made to feel like usual underwear for those constantly out and about or have a very active lifestyle.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Pull on and off just like regular underwear
Tear-away sides
Comfortable, stretch waistband
No latex
Technical
Absorbent Capacity: Heavy Absorbency
Application: Absorbent Underwear
Backing: Material Non-Woven
Color: White
Fastener Type: Stretchable
Gender: Unisex
Leg Style: Elastic Gathers
Style: Pull On
Top sheet Material: Non-Woven
Type: Briefs
Usage: Disposable
User: Adult
Includes
One case of Youth/Small Attends Underwear Super Plus w/ Leakage Barriers - Model: APP0710 - 80/cs (4 bags of 20)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underwear will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
"|"Attends Underwear Super Plus with Leakage Barriers - Youth/Small - APP0710 - 80/cs"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
attends-value-breathable-briefs|attends-value-breathable-briefs|PRODUCTS|"Attends Value Tier Breathable Briefs"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/attends-value-breathable-briefs.html"|(55)||T|"Attends"|""|""|""|"
Attends Value Tier Breathable Briefs
Attends® Value Tier Breathable Briefs are cloth-like style briefs that work for heavy to severe incontinence. Similar to the other Attends Breathable Briefs, but without extra inside acquisition layer. Features the Perma-Dry fibers! These are fibers direct fluids through the briefs and also are have the purpose of decreasing pH levels. With keeping pH levels down, that means better skin care, less wetness, and also odor control so you can stay confident! These are unisex. Size ranges and quantities: Medium, Regular, Large, and X-Large.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Cloth-like style briefs
Perma-Dry fibers
No latex
Technical
Unisex
Disposable
Adult
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Underwear will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
Attends® Washcloths are spun-laced, hypoallergenic washcloths. The packs are soft and the lid is also reclosable. Contain: aloe, chamomile, and vitamin E all for soothing and comforting your skin. These are gentle on skin, are pH balanced, and are alcohol free. No rinsing required with these washcloths. Comes in scented and also unscented.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Spun-laced
Hypoallergenic
Reclosable lid
Alcohol free
No rinsing required
No latex
Technical
Contain: aloe, chamomile, and vitamin E
Scented or unscented
8.7” x 12.6”
Disposable
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Washcloth will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
This is the unscented wipe that is 576 count. The packs are soft and the lid is also reclosable. 8.7" x 12.6" wipe, Unscented which contains 12 bags of 48
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-428-8363
Features
Spun-laced
Hypoallergenic
Reclosable lid
Alcohol free
No rinsing required
No latex
Technical
Contain: aloe, chamomile, and vitamin E
Scented or unscented
8.7” x 12.6”
Disposable
Includes
One case of Attends Washcloths, Unscented 48ct, 8.7"x12.6" - Model: WCU48 - 576/cs (12 bags of 48)
Warnings
Avoid suffocation by keeping bag away from babies, children, and pets.
Washcloth will catch on fire when exposed to flame. Please be cautious around smoking materials.
Country of Origin: United States - US
Domtar Personal Care 8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 200 | Raleigh, NC 27617
Avin Panoramic 17" Rear View Mirror for Automobiles Enjoy href=""https://www.otcwholesale.com/assisted-living-devices.html"">driving safety with a panoramic view that eliminates blind spots.
Avin's Panoramic 17" Rear View Mirror enhances driving safety and visibility by eliminating blind spots and giving all-lane visibility. The Panoramic Rear View Mirror is an anti-glare convex mirror provides confidence while driving.
Provides Improved Visibility
Removes Blind Spots
Easy Install Over Existing Mirror
Improves Safe Driving
Shatterproof
Non-Glare
Questions: Call Manufacturer at (800) 506-9901 or Visit: stander.com
Features:
Non-glare convex
Shatterproof
Great for people with arthritis, shoulder pain, or limited mobility
All lane visibility
Dimensions: 17” x 2” x 3.1”
Color: Black
Package Includes:
Panoramic Rear View Automobile Mirror
Other Information:
This product is not suitable for rear view mirrors with built-in GPS or Auto-Safety technology.
"|"Avin Panoramic Rear View Mirror for Automobiles 17 in"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard|axelgaard|SECTIONS|"Axelgaard"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"Axelgaard has produced superior quality electrodes that are made with cutting edge technology and hydrogel construction for an economical cost without the loss of quality. We buy Axelgaard electrodes and other over the counter items in quantity and pass the savings along to our on-line retail customers. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here."|"Axelgaard UltraStim Electrodes Axelgaard ValuTrode Electrodes"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:AXELGAARD-901240X1117 :AXELGAARD-USX2000 :AXELGAARD-USX2020 :AXELGAARD-VTX2000 :AXELGAARD-VTX2020 :AXELGAARD-VTX5000 :AXELGAARD-VTX5050 :AXELGAARD-CF3200 :AXELGAARD-CF5000 :AXELGAARD-CF5050 :AXELGAARD-CFF125 :AXELGAARD-CFF200 :AXELGAARD-CFF202 :AXELGAARD-USX2040 :AXELGAARD-VL4545 :AXELGAARD-895220 :AXELGAARD-VL4595 :AXELGAARD-SN2020 :AXELGAARD-UF2020 :AXELGAARD-901240X4 :AXELGAARD-901220X4 :AXELGAARD-895220X4 :AXELGAARD-PR100X4 :AXELGAARD-901240 :AXELGAARD-879100X4 :AXELGAARD-901220 :AXELGAARD-PR100 :AXELGAARD-879100 :AXELGAARD-UF2020X4 :AXELGAARD-SN2020X4 :AXELGAARD-CF5050X4 :AXELGAARD-CFF200X4 :AXELGAARD-CF5000X4 :AXELGAARD-CFF202X4 :AXELGAARD-USX2000X4 :AXELGAARD-USX2020X4 :AXELGAARD-VTX2020X4 :AXELGAARD-VTX2000X4 :AXELGAARD-VTX5000X4 :AXELGAARD-VTX5050X4 :AXELGAARD-USX2040X4 :AXELGAARD-CF3200X4 :AXELGAARD-CFF125X4 :AXELGAARD-VL4545X4 :AXELGAARD-VL4595X4 :AXELGAARD-ULB355 :AXELGAARD-SN2040 :AXELGAARD-FT660 :AXELGAARD-J10R00 :AXELGAARD-CFF125EXP1215 :KOALATY-21117 :KOALATY-21117X4 :AXELGAARD-CF3200X1216 :AXELGAARD-CF7515-3-5-RECTANGLE-CLOTH-ELECTRODE :AXELGAARD-CF5090-2-3-5-RECTANGLE-CLOTH-ELECTRODE :AXELGAARD-FT660EXP218)"|""|||
axelgaard-ft660|axelgaard-ft660|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Flextone .6 x 6 inch Rectangle Electrodes"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-ft660.html"|(10.95)|||"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard® FLEX-Tone®TENS Electrodes - 0.6" x 6.0" Rectangle Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
"|"Axelgaard PALS Electrodes - 1 in Round - 4 Pack"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-879100x4|axelgaard-879100x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard PALS 1.25 in Round Silver Electrodes - 16 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-879100x4.html"|(24.5)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard PALS® Silver Electrodes 1.25" Round, Steel Knit Backing - 16 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's PALS® Steel Knit Backing Conductive Silver Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. and is also the best choice for extremely sensitive skin. The steel knit conductive material and silver electrode optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The Steel Knit Backing allows for unsurpassed electrode conformity that is pliable enough to conform to irregular surfaces but still contain superior conductivity capabilities. It can even reach down to the skin through hairy areas! All together showing that the PALS® Electrodes is truly the next generation in electrode design.
Silver Electrodes
Steel Knit Backing
Size: 1.25" (3.2 cm)
Shape: Round
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
Adheres to Irregular Surfaces easily
Flexibility and Durability
Superior Quality
Latex Free
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
Axelgaard PALS® Silver Electrodes 1.25" Round, Steel Knit Backing - 4 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's PALS® Steel Knit Backing Conductive Silver Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. and is also the best choice for extremely sensitive skin. The steel knit conductive material and silver electrode optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The Steel Knit Backing allows for unsurpassed electrode conformity that is pliable enough to conform to irregular surfaces but still contain superior conductivity capabilities. It can even reach down to the skin through hairy areas! All together showing that the PALS® Electrodes is truly the next generation in electrode design.
Silver Electrodes
Steel Knit Backing
Size: 1.25" (3.2 cm)
Shape: Round
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
Adheres to Irregular Surfaces easily
Flexibility and Durability
Superior Quality
Latex Free
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
Axelgaard PALS® Silver Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, Steel Knit Backing - 16 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's PALS® Steel Knit Backing Conductive Silver Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. The steel knit conductive material and silver electrode optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The Steel Knit Backing allows for unsurpassed TENS electrode conformity that is pliable enough to conform to irregular surfaces but still contain superior conductivity capabilities. It can even reach down to the skin through hairy areas! All together showing that the PALS® Electrodes is truly the next generation in electrode design.
Silver Electrodes
Steel Knit Backing
Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
Shape: Square
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
For Sensitive Skin
Adheres to Irregular Surfaces easily
Flexibility and Durability
Superior Quality
Latex Free
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard PALS 2 x 2 in Square Silver Electrodes - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-895220|axelgaard-895220|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard PALS 2 x 2 in Square Silver Electrodes - 4 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-895220.html"|(9.99 3 27.87 6 51.54 12 95.88)|(8.99 3 25.92 6 49.74 12 95.88)|T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard PALS® Silver Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, Steel Knit Backing - 4 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's PALS® Steel Knit Backing Conductive Silver Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. and is also the best choice for extremely sensitive skin. The steel knit conductive material and silver electrode optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The Steel Knit Backing allows for unsurpassed TENS electrode conformity that is pliable enough to conform to irregular surfaces but still contain superior conductivity capabilities. It can even reach down to the skin through hairy areas! All together showing that the PALS® Blue Electrodes is truly the next generation in electrode design.
Silver Electrodes
Steel Knit Backing
Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
Shape: Square
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
For Sensitive Skin
Adheres to Irregular Surfaces easily
Flexibility and Durability
Superior Quality
Latex Free
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard PALS 2 x 2 in Square Silver Electrodes - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-901240x4|axelgaard-901240x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard PALS Blue 1.5 x 3.5 in Rectangle Silver Electrodes - 16 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-901240x4.html"|(69.95 3 198.84 6 375.6 12 713.4)|(64.95 3 189.09 6 366.6 12 713.4)|T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard PALS® Blue Silver Electrodes 1.5" x 3.5" Square, Steel Knit Backing - 16 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's PALS® Blue Steel Knit Backing Conductive Silver Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a Blue MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. It is also the best choice for extremely sensitive skin. The steel knit conductive material and silver electrode optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The Steel Knit Backing allows for unsurpassed electrode conformity that is pliable enough to conform to irregular surfaces but still contain superior conductivity capabilities. It can even reach down to the skin through hairy areas! All together showing that the PALS® Blue Electrodes is truly the next generation in electrode design.
Silver Electrodes
Steel Knit Backing
Size: 1.5" x 3.5" (4 cm x 9 cm)
Shape: Square
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
For Sensitive Skin
Adheres to Irregular Surfaces easily
Flexibility and Durability
Superior Quality
Latex Free
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard PALS Blue 1.5 x 3.5 in Rectangle Silver Electrodes - 16 Electrotherapy Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-901240|axelgaard-901240|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard PALS Blue 1.5 x 3.5 in Rectangle Silver Electrodes - 4 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-901240.html"|(19.95 3 55.65 6 102.9 12 191.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard PALS® Blue Silver Electrodes 1.5" x 3.5" Square, Steel Knit Backing - 4 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's PALS® Blue Steel Knit Backing Conductive Silver Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a Blue MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. It is also the best choice for extremely sensitive skin. The steel knit conductive material and silver electrode optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The Steel Knit Backing allows for unsurpassed electrode conformity that is pliable enough to conform to irregular surfaces but still contain superior conductivity capabilities. It can even reach down to the skin through hairy areas! All together showing that the PALS® Blue Electrodes is truly the next generation in electrode design.
Silver Electrodes
Steel Knit Backing
Size: 1.5" x 3.5" (4 cm x 9 cm)
Shape: Square
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
For Sensitive Skin
Adheres to Irregular Surfaces easily
Flexibility and Durability
Superior Quality
Latex Free
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard PALS Blue 1.5 x 3.5 in Sq Rectangleuare Silver Electrodes - 4 Electrotherapy Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-901220x4|axelgaard-901220x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard PALS Blue 2x2 in Square Silver Electrodes - 16 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-901220x4.html"|(49.95 3 142.5 6 270.3 12 515.4)|(44.95 3 129.6 6 248.7 12 479.4)|T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard PALS® Blue Silver Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, Steel Knit Backing - 16 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's PALS® Blue Steel Knit Backing Conductive Silver Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a Blue MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. It is also the best choice for extremely sensitive skin. The steel knit conductive material and silver electrode optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The Steel Knit Backing allows for unsurpassed electrode conformity that is pliable enough to conform to irregular surfaces but still contain superior conductivity capabilities. It can even reach down to the skin through hairy areas! All together showing that the PALS®Blue Electrodes is truly the next generation in electrode design.
Silver Electrodes
Steel Knit Backing
Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
Shape: Square
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
For Sensitive Skin
Adheres to Irregular Surfaces easily
Flexibility and Durability
Superior Quality
Latex Free
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard PALS Blue 2 x 2 in Square Silver Electrodes - 16 Electrotherapy Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-901220|axelgaard-901220|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard PALS Blue 2x2 in Square Silver Electrodes - 4 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-901220.html"|(14.95 3 41.7 6 77.1 12 143.4)|(11.95 3 34.8 6 67.5 12 131.4)|T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard PALS® Blue Silver Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, Steel Knit Backing - 4 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's PALS® Blue Steel Knit Backing Conductive Silver Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a Blue MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. It is also the best choice for extremely sensitive skin. The steel knit conductive material and silver electrode optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The Steel Knit Backing allows for unsurpassed electrode conformity that is pliable enough to conform to irregular surfaces but still contain superior conductivity capabilities. It can even reach down to the skin through hairy areas! All together showing that the PALS® Blue Electrodes is truly the next generation in TENS electrode design.
Silver Electrodes
Steel Knit Backing
Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
Shape: Square
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
For Sensitive Skin
Adheres to Irregular Surfaces easily
Flexibility and Durability
Superior Quality
Latex Free
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard PALS Blue 2 x 2 in Square Silver Electrodes - 4 Electrotherapy Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-pr100x4|axelgaard-pr100x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard PALS Mini Butterfly 1.6 x 2.1 in Silver Electrodes - 16 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-pr100x4.html"|(34.95 3 97.5 6 180.36 12 335.52)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard PALS® Silver Electrodes 1.6" x 2.1" Mini Butterfly, Steel Knit Backing - 16 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's PALS® Steel Knit Backing Conductive Silver Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. and is also the best choice for extremely sensitive skin. The steel knit conductive material and silver electrode optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The Steel Knit Backing allows for unsurpassed electrode conformity that is pliable enough to conform to irregular surfaces but still contain superior conductivity capabilities. It can even reach down to the skin through hairy areas! All together showing that the PALS® Electrodes is truly the next generation in electrode design.
Silver Electrodes
Steel Knit Backing
Size: 1.6" x 2.1" (4 cm x 5.3 cm)
Shape: Mini Butterfly
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
For Sensitive Skin
Adheres to Irregular Surfaces easily
Flexibility and Durability
Superior Quality
Latex Free
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard PALS Mini Butterfly 1.6 x 2.1 in Silver Electrodes - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-pr100|axelgaard-pr100|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard PALS Mini Butterfly 1.6 x 2.1 in Silver Electrodes - 4 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-pr100.html"|(8.95 3 25.32 6 47.58 12 89.88)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard PALS® Silver Electrodes 1.6" x 2.1" Mini Butterfly, Steel Knit Backing - 4 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's PALS® Steel Knit Backing Conductive Silver Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. and is also the best choice for extremely sensitive skin. The steel knit conductive material and silver electrode optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The Steel Knit Backing allows for unsurpassed electrode conformity that is pliable enough to conform to irregular surfaces but still contain superior conductivity capabilities. It can even reach down to the skin through hairy areas! All together showing that the PALS® Electrodes is truly the next generation in electrode design.
Silver Electrodes
Steel Knit Backing
Size: 1.6" x 2.1" (4 cm x 5.3 cm)
Shape: Mini Butterfly
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
For Sensitive Skin
Adheres to Irregular Surfaces easily
Flexibility and Durability
Superior Quality
Latex Free
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard PALS Mini Butterfly 1.6 x 2.1 in Silver Electrodes - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-uf2020x4|axelgaard-uf2020x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard UltraStim 2x2 in Square Silver Grid Electrodes 16 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-uf2020x4.html"|(29.95)|||"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard UltraStim® Wire Silver Grid Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Fabric Backing - 16 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's UltraStim® Wire White Fabric Backing Conductive Silver Grid Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. The conductive material and silver grid pattern optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The silver grid pattern feature allows the removal of the need for a center lead wire and assuring conformity. This also maximizes flexibility while minimizing the edge lifting from stiffness. All together showing that the UltraStim® White is truly the next generation in electrode design.
Silver Grid
White Fabric Back
Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
Shape: Square
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Silver grid pattern removes need for center lead wire
Offset lead wire assures maximum conformity
Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
Flexibility and Durability
Superior Quality
Latex Free
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust TENS stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard UltraStim 2 x 2 in Square Silver Grid Electrodes - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-uf2020|axelgaard-uf2020|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard UltraStim 2x2 in Square Silver Grid Electrodes 4 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-uf2020.html"|(6.95 3 19.32 6 35.58 12 65.88)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard UltraStim® Wire Silver Grid Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Fabric Backing - 4 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's UltraStim® Wire White Fabric Backing Conductive Silver Grid Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. The conductive material and silver grid pattern optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The silver grid pattern feature allows the removal of the need for a center lead wire and assuring conformity. This also maximizes flexibility while minimizing the edge lifting from stiffness. All together showing that the UltraStim® White is truly the next generation in electrode design.
Silver Grid
White Fabric Back
Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
Shape: Square
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Silver grid pattern removes need for center lead wire
Offset lead wire assures maximum conformity
Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
Flexibility and Durability
Superior Quality
Latex Free
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard UltraStim Dual Silver Grid Electrode, 3.5 x 5 in Butterfly - Model ULB355 - 1 Each"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-sn2020x4|axelgaard-sn2020x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard UltraStim SNAP 2x2 in Square Silver Grid Electrodes 16 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-sn2020x4.html"|(22.95 3 63.6 6 116.7 12 215.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard UltraStim® Snap Silver Grid Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Fabric Backing - 16 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's UltraStim® Snap Silver White Fabric Backing Conductive Silver Grid Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. The conductive material and silver grid pattern optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. This also maximizes flexibility while minimizing the edge lifting from stiffness. The Bottom snap is match the impedance of the silver pattern. All together showing that the UltraStim® White is truly the next generation in TENS electrode design.
Silver Grid
White Fabric Back
Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
Shape: Square
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Silver grid pattern removes need for center lead wire
Offset lead wire assures maximum conformity
Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
Flexibility and Durability
Superior Quality
Latex Free
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper TENS electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
Axelgaard UltraStim® Snap Silver Grid Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Fabric Backing - 4 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's UltraStim® Snap Silver White Fabric Backing Conductive Silver Grid Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. The conductive material and silver grid pattern optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. This also maximizes flexibility while minimizing the edge lifting from stiffness. The Bottom snap is match the impedance of the silver pattern. All together showing that the UltraStim® White is truly the next generation in electrode design.
Silver Grid
White Fabric Back
Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
Shape: Square
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Silver grid pattern removes need for center lead wire
Offset lead wire assures maximum conformity
Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
Flexibility and Durability
Superior Quality
Latex Free
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard UltraStim Snap Silver Grid Electrodes, 2 x 4 in Rectangle - Model SN2040 - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-usx2000x4|axelgaard-usx2000x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Ultrastim X 2 in Round - 16 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-usx2000x4.html"|(17.95 3 49.65 6 90.9 12 167.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard UltraStim® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" Round, White Fabric Backing - 16 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's UltraStim® X Carbon White Fabric Backing Conductive Carbon Film Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. The conductive material and silver grid pattern optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The silver grid pattern feature allows the removal of the need for a center lead wire and assuring conformity. This also maximizes flexibility while minimizing the edge lifting from stiffness. All together showing that the UltraStim® X is truly the next generation in electrode design.
Carbon Film
White Fabric Back
Size: 2" (5 cm)
Shape: Round
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Silver grid pattern removes need for center lead wire
Offset lead wire assures maximum conformity
Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
Flexibility and Durability
Superior Quality
Latex Free
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Ultrastim X 2 in Round - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-usx2000|axelgaard-usx2000|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Ultrastim X 2 in Round - 4 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-usx2000.html"|(4.49 3 12.9 6 24.66 12 47.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard UltraStim® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" Round, White Fabric Backing - 4 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's UltraStim® X Carbon White Fabric Backing Conductive Carbon Film Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. The conductive material and silver grid pattern optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The silver grid pattern feature allows the removal of the need for a center lead wire and assuring conformity. This also maximizes flexibility while minimizing the edge lifting from stiffness. All together showing that the UltraStim® X is truly the next generation in electrode design.
Carbon Film
White Fabric Back
Size: 2" (5 cm)
Shape: Round
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Silver grid pattern removes need for center lead wire
Offset lead wire assures maximum conformity
Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
Flexibility and Durability
Superior Quality
Latex Free
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Ultrastim X 2 in Round - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-usx2020x4|axelgaard-usx2020x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Ultrastim X 2 x 2 in Square - 16 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-usx2020x4.html"|(17.95 3 51.75 6 99.3 12 191.4)|(15.95 3 44.7 6 83.1 12 155.4)|T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard UltraStim® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Fabric Backing - 16 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's UltraStim® X Carbon White Fabric Backing Conductive Carbon Film Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. The conductive material and silver grid pattern optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The silver grid pattern feature allows the removal of the need for a center lead wire and assuring conformity. This also maximizes flexibility while minimizing the edge lifting from stiffness. All together showing that the UltraStim® X is truly the next generation in electrode design.
Carbon Film
White Fabric Back
Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
Shape: Square
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Silver grid pattern removes need for center lead wire
Offset lead wire assures maximum conformity
Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
Flexibility and Durability
Superior Quality
Latex Free
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Ultrastim X 2 x 2 in Square - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-usx2020|axelgaard-usx2020|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Ultrastim X 2 x 2 in Square - 4 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-usx2020.html"|(4.49 3 12.9 6 24.66 12 47.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard UltraStim® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Fabric Backing - 4 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's UltraStim® X Carbon White Fabric Backing Conductive Carbon Film Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. The conductive material and silver grid pattern optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The silver grid pattern feature allows the removal of the need for a center lead wire and assuring conformity. This also maximizes flexibility while minimizing the edge lifting from stiffness. All together showing that the UltraStim® X is truly the next generation in electrode design.
Carbon Film
White Fabric Back
Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
Shape: Square
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Silver grid pattern removes need for center lead wire
Offset lead wire assures maximum conformity
Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
Flexibility and Durability
Superior Quality
Latex Free
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Ultrastim X 2 x 2 in Square - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-usx2040|axelgaard-usx2040|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Ultrastim X 2 x 4 in Rectangle - 2 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-usx2040.html"|(3.49 3 9.96 6 18.84 12 35.88)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard UltraStim® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 4" Rectangle, White Fabric Backing - 2 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's UltraStim® X Carbon White Fabric Backing Conductive Carbon Film Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. The conductive material and silver grid pattern optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The silver grid pattern feature allows the removal of the need for a center lead wire and assuring conformity. This also maximizes flexibility while minimizing the edge lifting from stiffness. All together showing that the UltraStim® X is truly the next generation in electrode design.
Carbon Film
White Fabric Back
Size: 2" x 4" (5 cm x 10 cm)
Shape: Rectangle
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Silver grid pattern removes need for center lead wire
Offset lead wire assures maximum conformity
Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
Flexibility and Durability
Superior Quality
Latex Free
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Ultrastim X 2 x 4 in Rectangle - 2 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-usx2040x4|axelgaard-usx2040x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Ultrastim X 2 x 4 in Rectangle - 8 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-usx2040x4.html"|(12.95 3 35.7 6 65.1 12 119.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard UltraStim® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 4" Rectangle, White Fabric Backing - 8 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's UltraStim® X Carbon White Fabric Backing Conductive Carbon Film Electrodes show the superior design and manufacturing techniques that add to their flexibility, durability, and conformity. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. The conductive material and silver grid pattern optimize current control and the oversized adhesive borders protects the edge and allow or easy removal. The silver grid pattern feature allows the removal of the need for a center lead wire and assuring conformity. This also maximizes flexibility while minimizing the edge lifting from stiffness. All together showing that the UltraStim® X is truly the next generation in electrode design.
Carbon Film
White Fabric Back
Size: 2" x 4" (5 cm x 10 cm)
Shape: Rectangle
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Silver grid pattern removes need for center lead wire
Offset lead wire assures maximum conformity
Made with patented MultiStick® Gel
Flexibility and Durability
Superior Quality
Latex Free
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Ultrastim X 2 x 4 in Rectangle - 8 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-cf3200x4|axelgaard-cf3200x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 1.25 in Round White Fabric Backed - 16 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cf3200x4.html"|(17.95)|(11.95)||"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Carbon Film Electrodes 1.25" Round, White Fabric Backing - 16 ea. Made to be durable and economical.
Axelgaard's ValuTrode® White Fabric Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® White Fabric Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.
Carbon Film
White Fabric Back
Size: 1.25" (3.2 cm)
Shape: Round
Latex Free
Flexible
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
All purpose economical design
Flexible and Reusable
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 1.25 in Round White Fabric Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-cf3200|axelgaard-cf3200|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 1.25 in Round White Fabric Backed - 4 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cf3200.html"|(4.3)|(3.65)||"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Carbon Film Electrodes 1.25" Round, White Fabric Backing - 4 ea. Made to be durable and economical.
Axelgaard's ValuTrode® White Fabric Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® White Fabric Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.
Carbon Film
White Fabric Back
Size: 1.25" (3.2 cm)
Shape: Round
Latex Free
Flexible
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
All purpose economical design
Flexible and Reusable
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 1.25 in Round White Fabric Backed - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-cff125x4|axelgaard-cff125x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 1.25 in Round White Foam Backed - 16 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cff125x4.html"|(17.95 3 48.6 6 86.7 12 155.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Carbon Film Electrodes 1.25" Round, White Foam Backing - 16 ea. Made to be durable and economical.
Axelgaard's ValuTrode® White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.
Carbon Film
White Foam Back
Size: 1.25" (3.2 cm)
Shape: Round
Latex Free
Flexible
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
All purpose economical design
Flexible and Reusable
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 1.25 in Round White Foam Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-cff125|axelgaard-cff125|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 1.25 in Round White Foam Backed - 4 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cff125.html"|(4.3 3 12.33 6 23.52 12 45)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Carbon Film Electrodes 1.25" Round, White Foam Backing - 4 ea. Made to be durable and economical.
Axelgaard's ValuTrode® White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.
Carbon Film
White Foam Back
Size: 1.25" (3.2 cm)
Shape: Round
Latex Free
Flexible
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
All purpose economical design
Flexible and Reusable
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 1.25 in Round White Foam Backed - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-cf5000x4|axelgaard-cf5000x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 in Round White Fabric Backed - 16 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cf5000x4.html"|(17.95)|||"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Carbon Film Electrodes 2" Round, White Fabric Backing - 16 ea. Made to be durable and economical.
Axelgaard's ValuTrode® White Fabric Top Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® White Fabric Top Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.
Carbon Film
White Fabric Back
Size: 2" (5 cm)
Shape: Round
Latex Free
Flexible
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
All purpose economical design
Flexible and Reusable
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 in Round White Fabric Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-cf5000|axelgaard-cf5000|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 in Round White Fabric Backed 4 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cf5000.html"|(4.3 3 12.33 6 23.52 12 45)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Carbon Film Electrodes 2" Round, White Fabric Backing - 4 ea. Made to be durable and economical.
Axelgaard's ValuTrode® White Fabric Top Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® White Fabric Top Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.
Carbon Film
White Fabric Back
Size: 2" (5 cm)
Shape: Round
Latex Free
Flexible
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
All purpose economical design
Flexible and Reusable
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 in Round White Fabric Backed 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-cff200x4|axelgaard-cff200x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 in Round White Foam Backed - 16 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cff200x4.html"|(17.95 3 48.6 6 86.7 12 155.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Carbon Film Electrodes 2" Round, White Foam Backing - 16 ea. Made to be durable and economical.
Axelgaard's ValuTrode® White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.
Carbon Film
White Foam Back
Size: 2" (5 cm)
Shape: Round
Latex Free
Flexible
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
All purpose economical design
Flexible and Reusable
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 in Round White Foam Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-cff200|axelgaard-cff200|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 in Round White Foam Backed - 4 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cff200.html"|(4.3 3 12.33 6 23.52 12 45)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Carbon Film Electrodes 2" Round, White Foam Backing - 4 ea. Made to be durable and economical.
Axelgaard's ValuTrode® White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.
Carbon Film
White Foam Back
Size: 2" (5 cm)
Shape: Round
Latex Free
Flexible
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
All purpose economical design
Flexible and Reusable
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 in Round White Foam Backed - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-cf5050x4|axelgaard-cf5050x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 x 2 in Square White Fabric Backed - 16 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cf5050x4.html"|(17.95)|||"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Fabric Backing - 16 ea. Made to be durable and economical.
Axelgaard's ValuTrode® White Fabric Top Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® White Fabric Top Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.
Carbon Film
White Fabric Back
Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
Shape: Square
Latex Free
Flexible
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
All purpose economical design
Flexible and Reusable
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 x 2 in Square White Fabric Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-cf5050|axelgaard-cf5050|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 x 2 in Square White Fabric Backed - 4 Pads Expires July 2018"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cf5050.html"|(4.3 3 12.33 6 23.52 12 45)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Fabric Backing - 4 ea. Made to be durable and economical.
Axelgaard's ValuTrode® White Fabric Top Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® White Fabric Top Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.
Carbon Film
White Fabric Back
Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
Shape: Square
Latex Free
Flexible
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
All purpose economical design
Flexible and Reusable
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 x 2 in Square White Fabric Backed - 4 Pads Expires July 2018"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-cff202x4|axelgaard-cff202x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 x 2 in Square White Foam Backed - 16 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cff202x4.html"|(17.95)|||"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Foam Backing - 16 ea. Made to be durable and economical.
Axelgaard's ValuTrode® White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film TENS Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.
Carbon Film
White Foam Back
Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
Shape: Square
Latex Free
Flexible
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
All purpose economical design
Flexible and Reusable
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 x 2 in Square White Foam Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-cff202|axelgaard-cff202|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 x 2 in Square White Foam Backed - 4 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cff202.html"|(4.3 3 12.33 6 23.52 12 45)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Foam Backing - 4 ea. Made to be durable and economical.
Axelgaard's ValuTrode® White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. The TENS Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.
Carbon Film
White Foam Back
Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
Shape: Square
Latex Free
Flexible
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
All purpose economical design
Flexible and Reusable
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 x 2 in Square White Foam Backed - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-cf5090-2-3-5-rectangle-cloth-electrode|axelgaard-cf5090-2-3-5-rectangle-cloth-electrode|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 x 3.5 in Square White Fabric Backed - CF5090 4 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cf5090-2-3-5-rectangle-cloth-electrode.html"|(8.95)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard® ValuTrode® Carbon Electrodes 2" x 3.5" Rectangle, White Cloth Backing - 4 ea
Axelgaard's® ValuTrode® Electrodes are carbon electrodes with a white cloth backing. They are designed with a multi-layer MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive for long lasting durability and reusability.
Carbon Film
White Fabric Back
Size: 2" x 3.5" (5 cm x 9 cm)
Shape: Rectangle
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Reusable
Flexible
Latex Free
Made in USA
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 2 x 3.5 in Square White Fabric Backed - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-cf7515-3-5-rectangle-cloth-electrode|axelgaard-cf7515-3-5-rectangle-cloth-electrode|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode 3 x 5 in Square White Fabric Backed CF7515 - 2 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-cf7515-3-5-rectangle-cloth-electrode.html"|(7.95)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard® Carbon ValuTrode® Electrodes - 3" x 5" Rectangle, White Cloth Backed - 2 ea
Axelgaard ValuTrode 3" x 5" Electrodes are carbon, white cloth backed, rectangle electrodes. ValuTrode electrodes are designed with MultiStick hydrogel adhesive for long lasting durability
Carbon Film
White Fabric Back
Size: 3" x 5" (7.5 cm x 13 cm)
Shape: Rectangle
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Reusable
Flexible
Latex Free
Made in USA
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of , a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Valutrode 3 x 5 in Square White Fabric Backed - 2 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-vl4595x4|axelgaard-vl4595x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard ValuTrode Lite 1.8 x 3.8 in Rectangle Carbon Electrodes - 16 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-vl4595x4.html"|(18.95)|||"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Lite Carbon Film Electrodes 1.8" x 3.8" Rectangle, Blue Mesh Backing - 16 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's ValuTrode® Lite Blue Mesh Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® Lite Blue Mesh Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.
Carbon Film
Blue Mesh Back
Size: 1.8" x 3.8" (4.5 cm x 9.5 cm)
Shape: Rectangle
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
All purpose economical design
Flexible and Reusable
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard ValuTrode Lite 1.8 x 3.8 in Rectangle Carbon Electrodes - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-vl4595|axelgaard-vl4595|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard ValuTrode Lite 1.8x3.8 in Rectangle Carbon Electrodes 4 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-vl4595.html"|(6.95)|||"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Lite Carbon Film Electrodes 1.8" x 3.8" Rectangle, Blue Mesh Backing - 4 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's ValuTrode® Lite Blue Mesh Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® Lite Blue Mesh Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.
Carbon Film
Blue Mesh Back
Size: 1.8" x 3.8" (4.5 cm x 9.5 cm)
Shape: Rectangle
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
All purpose economical design
Flexible and Reusable
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard ValuTrode Lite 1.8 x 3.8 in Rectangle Carbon Electrodes - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-vl4545x4|axelgaard-vl4545x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard ValuTrode Lite 2 x 2 in Square Carbon Electrodes - 16 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-vl4545x4.html"|(15.95 3 43.65 6 78.9 12 143.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Lite Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, Blue Mesh Backing - 16 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's ValuTrode® Lite Blue Mesh Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® Lite Blue Mesh Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.
Carbon Film
Blue Mesh Back
Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
Shape: Square
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
All purpose economical design
Flexible and Reusable
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard ValuTrode Lite 2 x 2 in Square Carbon Electrodes - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-vl4545|axelgaard-vl4545|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard ValuTrode Lite 2 x 2 in Square Carbon Electrodes - 4 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-vl4545.html"|(7.95 3 21.78 6 39.48 12 71.88)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® Lite Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, Blue Mesh Backing - 4 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's ValuTrode® Lite Blue Mesh Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® Lite Blue Mesh Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.
Carbon Film
Blue Mesh Back
Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
Shape: Square
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
All purpose economical design
Flexible and Reusable
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard ValuTrode Lite 2 x 2 in Square Carbon Electrodes - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-vtx5000x4|axelgaard-vtx5000x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 in Round White Cloth Backed - 16 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-vtx5000x4.html"|(14.95 3 40.65 6 72.9 12 131.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" Round, White Fabric Backing - 16 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's ValuTrode® X White Fabric Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® X White Fabric Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.
Carbon Film
White Fabric Back
Size: 2" (5 cm)
Shape: Round
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
All purpose economical design
Flexible and Reusable
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 in Round White Cloth Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-vtx5000|axelgaard-vtx5000|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 in Round White Cloth Backed - 4 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-vtx5000.html"|(3.95 3 11.13 6 20.76 12 39)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" Round, White Fabric Backing - 4 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's ValuTrode® X White Fabric Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® X White Fabric Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.
Carbon Film
White Fabric Back
Size: 2" (5 cm)
Shape: Round
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
All purpose economical design
Flexible and Reusable
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 in Round White Cloth Backed - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-vtx2000x4|axelgaard-vtx2000x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 in Round White Foam Backed - 16 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-vtx2000x4.html"|(14.95 3 40.65 6 72.9 12 131.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" Round, White Foam Backing - 16 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's ValuTrode® X White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® X White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.
Carbon Film
White Foam Back
Size: 2" (5 cm)
Shape: Round
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
All purpose economical design
Flexible and Reusable
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 in Round White Foam Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-vtx2000|axelgaard-vtx2000|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 in Round White Foam Backed - 4 Pads Expires August 2018"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-vtx2000.html"|(3.95 3 11.13 6 20.76 12 39)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" Round, White Foam Backing - 4 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's ValuTrode® X White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® X White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.
Carbon Film
White Foam Back
Size: 2" (5 cm)
Shape: Round
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
All purpose economical design
Flexible and Reusable
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 in Round White Foam Backed - 4 Pads Expires August 2018"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-vtx5050x4|axelgaard-vtx5050x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 x 2 in Square White Cloth Backed - 16 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-vtx5050x4.html"|(14.95 3 40.65 6 72.9 12 131.4)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Fabric Backing - 16 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's ValuTrode® X White Fabric Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® X White Fabric Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.
Carbon Film
White Fabric Back
Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
Shape: Square
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
All purpose economical design
Flexible and Reusable
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 x 2 in Square White Cloth Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-vtx5050|axelgaard-vtx5050|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 x 2 in Square White Cloth Backed - 4 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-vtx5050.html"|(3.95 3 11.13 6 20.76 12 39)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Fabric Backing - 4 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's ValuTrode® X White Fabric Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® X White Fabric Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.
Carbon Film
White Fabric Back
Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
Shape: Square
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
All purpose economical design
Flexible and Reusable
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 x 2 in Square White Cloth Backed - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-vtx2020x4|axelgaard-vtx2020x4|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 x 2 in Square White Foam Backed - 16 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-vtx2020x4.html"|(14.95)|||"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Foam Backing - 16 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's ValuTrode® X White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® X White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.
Carbon Film
White Foam Back
Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
Shape: Square
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
All purpose economical design
Flexible and Reusable
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 x 2 in Square White Foam Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
axelgaard-vtx2020|axelgaard-vtx2020|PRODUCTS|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 x 2 in Square White Foam Backed - 4 Pads"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/axelgaard-vtx2020.html"|(3.95 3 11.13 6 20.76 12 39)||T|"Axelgaard"|""|""|""|"
Axelgaard ValuTrode® X Carbon Film Electrodes 2" x 2" Square, White Foam Backing - 4 ea. Advanced Technology for Better Value and Performance
Axelgaard's ValuTrode® X White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes provide an all purpose economical electrode with their design. Each of the lead wires is customized to optimize current distribution for every shape and size. They are made with a MultiStick® hydrogel adhesive that is optimized of durability and multiple applications to the skin. Axelgaard's Valutrode® X White Foam Backing Carbon Conductive Film Electrodes are an example of Axelgaard's commitment to better results through technology.
Carbon Film
White Foam Back
Size: 2" x 2" (5 cm x 5 cm)
Shape: Square
Latex Free
Made in USA
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 760-451-8000 or Visit: www.axelgaard.com
Features:
Lead Wires are customized to produce optimal current distribution
Made with patented MultiStick® HydroGel formula for durability
All purpose economical design
Flexible and Reusable
Directions:
Skin must always be clean, dry and free from lotion.
Do not apply to broken skin. Should as skin rash or skin burn occur, immediately discontinue use and contact your clinician.
Adjust stimulator according to stimulator and/or clinician instructions for your treatment. For your safety and comfort, turn off the stimulator before you attempt to remove electrodes from your skin.
Consult stimulator manual for proper electrode size. Do not exceed an intensity of 0.1 Watt/cm2.
When electrodes begin losing adhesion, gently rubbing one or two drops of water onto gel surface may extend usage. If not, replace with new electrodes.
Do not stimulate while driving or operating machinery.
In the USA, Federal Law restricts this device to sale by, or on the order of, a physician or other practitioner licensed to use the device.
"|"Axelgaard Valutrode X 2 x 2 in Square White Foam Backed - 4 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
drive-ba9600-np-84|drive-ba9600-np-84|PRODUCTS|"Balanced Aire Non-Powered Self Adjusting Convertible Mattress, 35 x 84 in"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/drive-ba9600-np-84.html"|(1138.95)||T|"Drive Medical"|""|""|""|"
The Balanced Aire Self Adjusting foam/air mattress from Drive and Mason Medical provides excellent patient comfort with an air-filled support surface. Providing the patient with the proper support they want and need while aiding in the prevention of pressure ulcers. The Balanced Aire's foam-filled air cells are arranged into three separate zones and are covered by two types of foam for ideal comfort.
Features and Benefits
The 12, 5.5"" tri-laminated foam filled air cells are separated into three distinct pressure zones, each zone independently self-adjusting to the patient's needs
The air cells are contained within a high density foam perimeter which creates a smooth transition from the side rail to the air cell
The foot section is sloped downward to reduce pressure in the heel zone
Add an alternating pressure pump and the Balanced Aire easily converts to a dynamic powered system for additional pressure redistribution
Meets Federal Fire Code CFR 16 part 1633
Product Specifications
Actual Product Weight: 46.8 lbs
Cover Material: Fluid Resistant Stretch
Overall Product Height: 7""
Overall Product Length: 84""
Overall Product Width: 35""
Primary Product Color: Blue
Primary Product Material: Nylon
Product Weight Capacity: 500 lbs
Warranty: 1 Year Limited
Model # ba9600-np-84 Actual Product Weight: 46.8 lbs; Cover Material: Fluid Resistant Stretch; Overall Product Height: 7""; Overall Product Length: 84""; Overall Product Width: 35""; Primary Product Color: Blue; Primary Product Material: Nylon; Product Weight Capacity: 500 lbs"|"Balanced Aire Non-Powered Self Adjusting Convertible Mattress, 35 x 84 in by Drive Medical BA9600-NP-84"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
drive-ba9600-p-84|drive-ba9600-p-84|PRODUCTS|"Balanced Aire Powered Alternating Pressure Air/Foam Mattress, 35 x 84 in"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/drive-ba9600-p-84.html"|(1190.95)|||"Drive Medical"|""|""|""|"
The Balanced Aire Self Adjusting foam/air mattress from Drive and Mason Medical provides excellent patient comfort as a powered, air-filled support surface. Providing the patient with the proper support they want and need while aiding in the prevention of pressure ulcers. The Balanced Aire's foam-filled air cells are arranged into three separate zones and are covered by two types of foam for ideal comfort. Plus, the alternating pressure pump converts the Balanced Aire to a dynamic powered system for even greater pressure redistribution and improved circulation.
Features and Benefits
Add an alternating pressure pump and the BalancedAire easily converts to a dynamic powered system for additional pressure redistribution
In addition, the system is sloped downward in the foot section to reduce pressure in the heel zone
Meets Federal Fire Code CFR 16 part 1633
The (12) 5.5"" tri-laminated foam filled air cells are separated into three distinct pressure zones, each zone independently self-adjusting to the patient's needs
The Balanced Aire mattress replacement is a powered support surface
The air cells are contained within a high density foam perimeter which creates a smooth transition from the side rail to the air cell
The 3XL Bariatric Disposable Briefs feature comfort stretch side panels and are made of a cloth-like outer layer, providing skin comfort and unmatched absorbent protection. The one size can fit waists from 64” up to 96”, all while providing the absorbent capacity of almost a full quart of fluid. These adult diapers provide an individual with greater comfort while being gentle on the skin, increasing mobility and increasing self-esteem. The 3XL Bariatric Disposable Briefs feature Peach Mat Construction, a blend of polymers that are fast-acting and extra-absorbent, handling even the heaviest incontinence events. The absorption properties of these polymers help keep skin at its driest, reduces odor, neutralizes urine pH and helps prevent moisture damage to the skin.
Looking and feeling your best often starts with the bath and beauty supplies you use. However, you don't want to overspend on these products, even if they are essential to your daily routine. At OTC Wholesale, we make it possible for you to get your favorite generic and name-brand wholesale bath & beauty products at discount rates.
In addition to our wholesale medical supplies, we also carry a variety of top-selling products for your wholesale bath & beauty product needs. You'll find some of your favorite brands here, such as Therabath, English Leather and Brut. Men will love our collection of affordable colognes and aftershaves, while ladies have a selection of lovely perfumes and fragrances from which to choose. Whether you need a single item or you're a retailer looking for the best bulk purchase rates, you'll save money every time when you buy your bath and beauty supplies from OTC Wholesale. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here.
We have your medical bath and shower bench needs right here. You won’t be able to find high quality products at such affordable prices anywhere else! We know how important it is to have your independence during these private moments. Manufacturers like Drive Medical and Roscoe Medial work hard to give that to you as well as pride themselves on giving the best quality for a price you can afford! Take a look at all the medical bath and shower benches we have to offer here and if you have any questions or are interested in a quote for a larger quantity, please call or email us by clicking here.
After dealing with a medical issue or even when dealing with a prolonged serious medical condition nothing feels as good as being able to stay at one’s home safely and comfortably. For many patients this means refitting their bathrooms with safety items and devices to allow them to maintain their dignity within their own home. Grab bars, bath and shower benches, commodes and toilet rails can assist the user in safely using the restroom on their own. This allows them to remain in their own home safely and comfortably.
Grab Bars provide stability and balance and can be installed inside the shower to assist with standing or entering and exiting the shower. For those that need a little more support, bath stools and shower benches can allow the user to sit while showering. This works optimally with a handheld showerhead such as the one offered by OTC. Commodes and Toilet seats and rails can help the user perform essential daily function safely.
OTC Wholesale offers a variety of products that will ensure comfortable use of the bathroom. Our bathroom safety supplies are available in multiple configurations allowing for the user to find exactly what they need. The bathroom can be a dangerous place after a medical issue, however it is also important for the patient’s dignity to feel safe and comfortable using the restroom without worry. OTC Wholesale can provide that piece of mind at low wholesale prices.
"""|"Bathroom Safety Products"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:MEDICAL-GRAB-BARS :MEDICAL-BATH-SHOWER-BENCH :MEDICAL-COMMODES :MEDICAL-TOILET-SEATS-RAILS)"|""|||
roscoe-ta2000c|roscoe-ta2000c|PRODUCTS|"Battery Charger for Li-Ion 2nd Gen InTENSity devices"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/roscoe-ta2000c.html"|(14.95)||T|"Roscoe Medical"|""|""|""|"
Battery Charger for Li-Ion 2nd Gen InTENSity devices
This is a charger that charges the Li-Ion battery for the 2nd Generation InTENSity Devices. From a completely dead battery, it will charge it in just over 2 hours! For a standard battery to charge, you would be waiting six hours for a full charge. The battery charger is easy to use and is user friendly. With the one of a kind sliding door and adjustable pins, this makes battery installation a breeze! The easy to read charger indicator light has a pink light for “Currently Charging” and a blue light for “Charging Complete.” It is great to have around for those who want a spare charged battery to make sure they get uninterrupted treatment sessions.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-871-7858 or visit: www.roscoemedical.com
Features
Foldable plug for easy storage
Easy-to-read charger indicator light
Quick charging: charge an empty battery in just over 2 hours*
Unique sliding door allows quick and easy installation
Compatible with the InTENSity Li-Ion Battery (item #TA2000)
90-day warranty
Technical
Input: 100-240V A/C
Output: 4.35V/1000mA
HCPCS Code: L7368
Includes
One (1) Battery Charger for Li-Ion 2nd Gen InTENSity devices - Model: TA2000C
Warnings
Battery charging time can vary depending on the age of the battery and frequency of use.
Do not submerge in water or any other liquid
Electrotherapy unit is NOT INCLUDED (sold separately)
Battery is NOT INCLUDED (sold separately)
Country of Origin: China - CN
Roscoe Medical 21973 Commerce Parkway Strongsville, OH 44149
"|"Battery Charger for Li-Ion 2nd Gen InTENSity devices - Model: TA2000C"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
ascensia-46621|ascensia-46621|PRODUCTS|"Bayer Breeze 2 Disc Test Strips - 100 Strips"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/ascensia-46621.html"|(54.95)|||"Bayer"|""|""|""|"
Ascensia ® Breeze 2™ Blood Glucose Test Strips No Strip Handling. New Breeze2 10-Test Discs
Only for use with Ascensia® Breeze™ 2 Glucose Meter.
Questions: For questions call Bayer: 1-800-348-8100 or visit www.bayercontour.com
Warnings:
For in vitro diagnostic use.
Bayer HealthCare LLC does not warrant use of the Ascensia® Breeze™2 Blood Glucose Meter with any test strip other than Ascensia® Breeze™2 Blood Glucose Test Strips. For Complete warranty information,k refer to User Guide.
Other Information:
Before using this product, read the package insert carefully.
Store between 59°-86°F and out of direct sunlight.
Questions: For questions call Bayer: 1-800-348-8100 or visit www.bayercontour.com
Warnings:
For in vitro diagnostic use.
Bayer HealthCare LLC does not warrant use of the Ascensia® Breeze™2 Blood Glucose Meter with any test strip other than Ascensia® Breeze™2 Blood Glucose Test Strips. For Complete warranty information,k refer to User Guide.
Other Information:
Before using this product, read the package insert carefully.
Store between 59°-86°F and out of direct sunlight.
"|"Bayer Breeze 2 Disc Test Strips - 50 Strips"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
ascensia-11101|ascensia-11101|PRODUCTS|"Bayer Contour Control Solution, High"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/ascensia-11101.html"|(21.95)|||"Bayer"|""|""|""|"
Bayer® Contour Control Solution, High (Formerly Ascensia)
Bayer is "THE NEW FACE of Glucometer" Package contains 1x2.5 mL Vial. For use with Bayer Contour or Bayer Microfill Blood Glucose Meter System. For In Vitro Diagnostic Use.
"|"Bayer Contour Control Solution, High"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
ascensia-11001|ascensia-11001|PRODUCTS|"Bayer Contour Control Solution, Low"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/ascensia-11001.html"|(21.95)|||"Bayer"|""|""|""|"
Bayer® Contour Control Solution, Low (Formerly Ascensia)
Bayer is "THE NEW FACE of Glucometer" Package contains 1x2.5 mL Vial. For use with Bayer Contour or Bayer Microfill Blood Glucose Meter System. For In Vitro Diagnostic Use.
"|"Bayer Contour Control Solution, Low"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
ascensia-10901|ascensia-10901|PRODUCTS|"Bayer Contour Control Solution, Normal"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/ascensia-10901.html"|(21.95)|||"Bayer"|""|""|""|"
Bayer® Contour Control Solution, Normal (Formerly Ascensia)
Bayer is "THE NEW FACE of Glucometer" Package contains 1x2.5 mL Vial. For use with Bayer Contour or Bayer Microfill Blood Glucose Meter System. For In Vitro Diagnostic Use.
Use this Bayer Contour Normal Control solution to monitor your Meter! Bayer® Contour Normal Control Solution
Automatically compensates for common interferences, for reliable results
Personalized Settings - More Control
New optional advanced-level setting
New pre- and post meal- markers with adjustable testing alarms
Alternative site testing - forearm or palm
Can be used with Bayer's Diabetes Management Software
Package Includes:
This kit contains everything you need to start blood glucose monitoring with Bayer's Contour System:
Blood Glucose Meter
Quick Reference Guide
User Guide
Bayer's Log Book
Carrying Case
Warranty Card
Other Information:
Bayer Healthcare LLC does not warrant use of Bayer's CONTOUR blood glucose meter with any test strip other than Bayer's CONTOUR blood glucose test strips. For complete warranty information, refer to User Guide.
"|"Bayer Contour Diabetic Meter"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bayer-30950|bayer-30950|PRODUCTS|"Bayer Contour Next Test Strips - 50 Strips"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bayer-30950.html"|(32.95 3 95.7 6 185.1 12 359.4)|(24.95)|T|"Bayer"|""|""|""|"
Bayer™ Contour® Next 50 Blood Glucose Test Strips - 50 ct These Bayer Contour Next USB Test Strips are for use with Bayer's Contour® NEXT, Next EZ, Next USB, and Next USB Blood Glucose Meters. Note: All diabetes test strips are in original brand name manufacturer packaging. Packaging may differ from that shown here. Do not use any product whose factory seal is missing or damaged.
"|"Bayer Contour Test Strips - 50 Strips"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
ascensia|ascensia|SECTIONS|"Bayer Healthcare"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"Bayer Healthcare, formally Ascensia, is a top selling brand in diabetic testing supplies including test strips, as well as control solutions and lancing supplies.Test your blood glucose with ease with these Bayer diabetes test strips and contour control solution. Buy these Bayer products online from OTC Wholesale. So there are fewer steps for you — and less chance for inaccurate results.
We buy Bayer diabetes test strips and Bayer Contour control solution in quantity and pass the savings along to our on-line retail customers. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here. "|"Bayer Healthcare Testing Supplies Center"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:ASCENSIA-46550EXP0117 :ASCENSIA-09021 :ASCENSIA-54501 :ASCENSIA-46621 :ASCENSIA-09850 :ASCENSIA-46550 :ASCENSIA-54621 :BAYER-30950 :ASCENSIA-11001 :ASCENSIA-10901 :ASCENSIA-11101 :ASCENSIA-46550EXP0317 :BAYER-KETDIASTIX-REAGENT-50 :BAYER-KETOSTIX-REAGENT-50)"|""|||
ascensia-54621|ascensia-54621|PRODUCTS|"Bayer Microlet Lancets - 100 Lancets"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/ascensia-54621.html"|(14.95)|||"Bayer"|""|""|""|"
Bayer™Microlet Lancets Sterile, Single use.
For use with Microlet®, Bayer® Microlet®2, and Bayer® Microlet Vaculance® lancing devices.
After use, place the protective cap on flat surface with Bayer Logo facing down. Push lancet securely into the middle of the exposed side of the cap. With thumb, push release button or plunger cap to expose lancet. Grasp lancet body and remove. Discard.
Warnings:
Do Not Use if protective cap has been previously removed.
"|"Bayer Microlet Lancets - 100 Lancets"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bd|bd|SECTIONS|"BD"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"Whether you're looking for BD alcohol swabs, home sharps containers or ultra-fine pen needles, OTC Wholesale is your one-stop shop. Our massive selection of BD insulin syringes & needles, safety clips and lancets, as well as several other high-quality products includes everything you need to inject yourself safely and as painlessly as possible. Because we're able to sell BD insulin syringes and needles at wholesale prices, you save money when you shop with us."|"BD Syringes, Pen Needles and Diabetic Supplies"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BD-26895 :BD-28278 :BD-20882 :BD-28280 :BD-28278 :BD-28279 :BD-28289 :BD-28290 :BD-28291 :BD-20881 :BD-25773 :BD-20880 :BD-26895 :BD-22057 :BD-23487 :BD-28235 :BD-20883 :BD-24906 :BD-24907 :BD-24908 :BD-324906 :BD-324907 :BD-324908 :BD-328278 :BD-328279 :BD-328280 :BD-328289 :BD-328290 :BD-328291 :BD-305763 :BD-305197 :BD-24910 :BD-20880-OPEN-BOX :BD-20881-OPEN-BOX :BD-20883-OPEN-BOX)"|""|||
bd-20880-open-box|bd-20880-open-box|PRODUCTS|"BD 29 Gauge 1/2 in Ultra-Fine Original Pen Needles - 85+ ea - Open Box"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-20880-open-box.html"|(10.99)|||"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD 29 Gauge 1/2 in Ultra-Fine Original Pen Needles - 85+ ea - Open Box
BD Ultra-Fine are the most popular insulin devices on the market. They are designed for ultimate injection comfort. This "open box" package contains at least 85 single use 29 gauge 1/2" Ultra-Fine, 1 cc Short Pen Needles for use with all Type A insulin pen delivery devices. As some packages may be damaged or open, all sales are FINAL.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 888-232-2737
Features
Country of Origin: US
BD Consumer Healthcare 1Becton Drive | Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
"|"BD 29 Gauge 1/2 in Ultra-Fine Original Pen Needles - 85+ ea - Open Box"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bd-20880|bd-20880|PRODUCTS|"BD 29 Gauge 1/2 in Ultra-Fine Original Pen Needles - 90 ea"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-20880.html"|(31.95 3 89.55 6 166.5 12 311.4)|(28.95 3 83.7 6 161.1 12 311.4)|T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ Original Pen Needles 29G 1/2 in Fits all pens and dosers in the USA.
The BD Ultra-Fine™ Original Pen Needle is 29 gauge, 12.7 mm (1/2").
The BD Ultra-Fine™ Pen Needle offers BD's widest inner diameter, which is a good choice for people with dexterity problems or those who take larger doses. The wider inner diameter makes it easier to press the push button and expel insulin.
Guaranteed injection comfort or your money back.
For use with all Type A insulin pens including:
BD Pen
Humulin® Pen
Humalog® Pen
InnoLet®
Innovo®
InDuo®
NovoPen® Junior
NovoPen® 3ml
FlexPen®
Today's insulin needle is thinner and more delicate for greater comfort, so needle reuse can damage the tip and cause injury. To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe or pen needle more than once.
Use only once and destroy.
Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com
Features:
BD Ultra-Fine™ Pen Needles fit all diabetes pens and dosers sold in the U.S., including OptiClik® for Lantus® and Apidra®, all Eli Lilly and Novo Nordisk insulin pens, and the pen for Exenatide.
Puncture Resistant Outer Needle Shield
All BD Ultra Fine 29 gauge needles are...
Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX
Directions:
To ensure an accurate dose when injecting with an insulin pen:
Check the flow of insulin through the needle after loading a cartridge and before every injection.
Attach a new needle before each injection and immediately remove and destroy after the injection. Never carry a pen with the needle attached, as this leaves an open passageway into the insulin cartridge.
If insulin continues to drip from the needle after injections, hold the needle in the skin longer when injecting, to ensure delivery of the complete dose.
"|"BD 29 Gauge 1/2 in Ultra-Fine Original Pen Needles - 90 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bd-20882|bd-20882|PRODUCTS|"BD 31 Gauge 3/16 in Ultra-Fine Mini Pen Needles - 90 ea"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-20882.html"|(28.95 3 83.7 6 161.1 12 311.4)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ Mini Pen Needle 31G 3/16 in Ultra Fine Pen Needles - No Pinch-up Required
The BD Ultra-Fine™ Mini pen needle is a 31g needle, 5 mm (3/16""). It's the shortest mini pen needle in the U.S. It can be safely used by both children and adults, providing reliable injections with no "pinch-up" of skin required. You should consult with a health care professional before switching to ultra fine pen needles.
Guaranteed injection comfort or your money back.
For use with all Type A insulin pens including:
BD Pen
Humulin® Pen
Humalog® Pen
InnoLet®
Innovo®
InDuo®
NovoPen® Junior
NovoPen® 3ml
FlexPen®
Today's insulin 31g needle is thinner and more delicate for greater comfort, so needle reuse can damage the tip and cause injury. To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use BD pen needles or syringes more than once.
Use only once and destroy.
Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com
"|"BD 31 Gauge 3/16 in Ultra-Fine Mini Pen Needles - 90 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bd-20881-open-box|bd-20881-open-box|PRODUCTS|"BD 31 Gauge 5/16 in Ultra-Fine Short Pen Needles - 85+ ea - Open Box"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-20881-open-box.html"|(10.99)|||"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD 31 Gauge 5/16 in Ultra-Fine Short Pen Needles - 85+ ea - Open Box
BD Ultra-Fine are the most popular insulin devices on the market. They are designed for ultimate injection comfort. This "open box" package contains at least 85 single use 31 gauge 5/16" Ultra-Fine 1 cc Short Pen Needles for use with all Type A insulin pen delivery devices. As some packages may be damaged or open, all sales are FINAL.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 888-232-2737
Features
Country of Origin: US
BD Consumer Healthcare 1Becton Drive | Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
"|"BD 31 Gauge 5/16 in Ultra-Fine Short Pen Needles - 85+ ea - Open Box"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bd-20881|bd-20881|PRODUCTS|"BD 31 Gauge 5/16 in Ultra-Fine Short Pen Needles - 90 ea"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-20881.html"|(28.95 3 83.7 6 161.1 12 311.4)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ Pen Needles 8mm 31G (5/16 in) Fits all pens and dosers in the USA.
The BD Ultra-Fine™ Short Pen Needle is 31 gauge, 8 mm (5/16"). No pen needle is thinner. It is BD's best-selling pen needle. The majority of people who take insulin - 82% - get effective results with this needle, but some people, many of whom are overweight, do not.* You should consult with a health care professional before switching to a shorter pen needle.
Today's insulin needle is thinner and more delicate for greater comfort, so needle reuse can damage the tip and cause injury. To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe or pen needle more than once.
Use only once and destroy.
Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com
Features:
BD Ultra-Fine™ Pen Needles fit all diabetes pens and dosers sold in the U.S., including OptiClik® for Lantus® and Apidra®, all Eli Lilly and Novo Nordisk insulin pens, and the pen for Exenatide.
Puncture Resistant Outer Needle Shield
All BD needles are...
Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX
Directions:
To ensure an accurate dose when injecting with an insulin pen:
Check the flow of insulin through the needle after loading a cartridge and before every injection.
Attach a new needle before each injection and immediately remove and destroy after the injection. Never carry a pen with the needle attached, as this leaves an open passageway into the insulin cartridge.
If insulin continues to drip from the needle after injections, hold the needle in the skin longer when injecting, to ensure delivery of the complete dose.
Warnings:
Before changing to a shorter needle, consult with your health care professional.
"|"BD 31 Gauge 5/16 in Ultra-Fine Short Pen Needles - 90 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bd-324908|bd-324908|PRODUCTS|"BD 31 Gauge Insulin Syringe 1 cc 15/64 in (6 MM) BD Ultra-Fine - 10 ea"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-324908.html"|(4.99)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ Insulin Syringe 31G, 1 cc, 15/64" (6mm) - 10 ea Easy, high quality disposable syringes.
BD's Shortest Insulin Syringe Needle Ever!
U-100 INSULIN
For 100 Units or Less
31 Gauge 15/64" (6mm) Needle
10 Sterile Single Use Syringes (1 pack)
This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex
Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com
Features:
To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.
All BD insulin syringes are...
Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX
Directions:
To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.
Warnings:
For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.
"|"BD 31 Gauge Insulin Syringe 1 cc 15/64 in (6 MM) BD Ultra-Fine - 10 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bd-20883-open-box|bd-20883-open-box|PRODUCTS|"BD 32 Gauge 5/32 in (4mm) Nano Ultra-Fine Pen Needles - 85+ ea - Open Box"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-20883-open-box.html"|(10.99)|||"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD 32 Gauge 5/32 in (4mm) Nano Ultra-Fine Pen Needles - 85+ ea - Open Box
The BD Ultra-Fine™ Nano Pen Needle is 32 gauge, 4 mm (5/32"). It's the shortest pen needle in the U.S. As an "open box", this package will contain at least 85 pen needles. As some packages may be damaged or open, all sales are FINAL.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 888-232-2737
Features
Country of Origin: US
BD Consumer Healthcare 1Becton Drive | Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417
The BD Ultra-Fine™ Nano Pen Needle is 32 gauge, 4 mm (5/32"). It's the shortest insulin pen needle in the U.S. It can be safely used by both children and adults, providing reliable injections with no "pinch-up" of skin required. You should consult with a health care professional before switching to a shorter pen needle.
For use with all Type A insulin pens including:
Apidra® SoloStar®
AutoPen®
BYETTA® exenatide injection
BD Pen
Humulin® Pen
Humalog® KwikPen™
HumaPen® MEMOIR™
HumaPen® LUXURA™ HD
Lantus® SoloStar®
Levemir® FlexPen®
NovoPen® Junior
NovoPen® 3ml
NovoPen® FlexPen®
NovoPen® 70/30 mix FlexPen®
OptiClik®
SymlinPen®
Victoza®
Forteo®
Today's insulin needle is thinner and more delicate for greater comfort, so needle reuse can damage the tip and cause injury. To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe or pen needle more than once.
Use only once and destroy.
Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 888-232-2737 or Visit: www.bd.com/nano
For use with most Lancet Devices / Easy to Use / Worldwide Leader in Insulin Delivery Devices
Comfortable
Easy to use
Fits most lancing devices
The Ultra-Fine 33 Lancet provides all the familiar comfort and quality you have come to expect from BD
The Ultra-Fine Lancet can be used with these devices: BD™ Lancet Device, Microlet®, Microlet® 2, iBGStar™, OneTouch® UltraSmart®, ReliOn® Confirm, Autole®t Impression, Autolet Lite®, Autolet® Mini, FreeStyle®, Penlet®, and Soft Touch™ and Medisense®
Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com
Directions:
If you are using a lancet device, refer to the manufacturer's insert that came with the device.
1. Wash and dry hands. 2. Select fingertip site slightly off center to minimize discomfort. 3. Remove lancet cap. 4. With firm motion, puncture skin quickly. 5. Apply blood to test strip, wipe fingertip with dry cotton ball or soft tissue, holding over the puncture site until bleeding stops. 6. Place used lancet in sealable puncture proof container. When container is full, follow local disposal ordinance where applicable.
Warnings:
Contents contain small parts. Keep out of reach of small children and pets.
"|"BD Alcohol Swabs - 100 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bd-305763|bd-305763|PRODUCTS|"BD Eclipse Hypodermic Needles, 22 Gauge 1.5 in - 305763 100 Needles"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-305763.html"|(29.95)|||"BD"|""|""|""|""|"BD Eclipse Hypodermic Needles, 22 Gauge 1.5 in - 305763 100 Needles"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bd-305197|bd-305197|PRODUCTS|"BD PrecisionGlide Needle - 16G x 1 in - Model 305197 - 100 Needles"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-305197.html"|(18.95)|||"BD"|""|""|""|""|"BD PrecisionGlide Needle - 16G x 1 in - Model 305197 - 100 Needles"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bd-28235|bd-28235|PRODUCTS|"BD Safe Clip Needle Clipping and Storage Device"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-28235.html"|(5.99 3 16.41 6 29.64 12 53.88)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Safe-Clip™ Portable Needle Clipping & Storage Device Removes used insulin syringes and pen needles safely and easily.
Stores 1,500 Needles!
Can be used with:
28G through 32G needles
5/32” (4mm) through 1/2” (12.7mm) length needles
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.bd.com
Uses:
Device can be used with:
28G through 32G needles
5/32” (4mm) through 1/2” (12.7mm) length needles
Directions:
OPEN: Squeeze grips indicated by arrows to open your BD Safe-Clip™ device (arrows indicated can be found on back of the packaging of this item).
CLIP: Keep BD Safe-Clip™ device level and fully insert needle.
CONTAIN: After clipping, needles are contained safely inside. The remaining parts of syringes and pen needles can be discarded.*
*Always comply with your local regulations for safe disposal of used sharps. Some states require a sharps container for the whole syringe and pen needle. The BD Home Sharps Container can help you keep compliant with these containment laws. The needle must be fully clipped to the hub before discarding. Do not recycle any sharps containers, including Safe-Clip™.
Warnings:
Not intended for use with lancets.
Do not clip a needle that has been used by or on another person. This can lead to accidental needlesticks that may cause serious infections.
"|"BD Safe Clip Needle Clipping and Storage Device"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bd-23487|bd-23487|PRODUCTS|"BD Sharps Container for the Home 1.4 Qt - 1 ea"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-23487.html"|(5.49 3 15.42 5 23.95 10 44.9)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD™ Home Sharps Container For insulin syringes, Pen Needles and Lancets.
Worldwide Leader in Insulin Delivery Devices
The BD Home Sharps Container is a leak-proof and puncture-resistant container designed for the disposal of used insulin syringes and lancets. The BD Home Sharps Container is a convenient and safe way to dispose of syringes and lancets that helps protect your family and the environment.
Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com
Features:
Leak-proof
Puncture-resistant
Snap lock lid
Can hold 70-100 Syringes or up to 300 Pen Needles
Directions:
To discard used insulin syringes and lancets:
Drop used syringes and lancets needle-first into opening closest to edge.
To remove and discard used pen needles:
Do not reshield the needle.
Carefully insert pen tip into center opening at a 45-degree angle and push firmly until pen stops.
Rotate pen to the left several times while applying continuous forward pressure to loosen pen needle.
Needle will fall into container after pen is removed.
If pen needle gets caught in opening, use pen to push it into the container. Do not use your fingers or hands.
Other Information:
If disposing of pen needles for someone else, please use a mounting bracket. You can receive this free of charge, by calling BD at 1-888-BDCARES (232-2737). If mounting bracket to a wall make sure instruction label can be seen.
"|"BD Sharps Container for the Home 1.4 Qt - 1 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bd-25773|bd-25773|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra Fine 30 Gauge Lancets - 100 ea"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-25773.html"|(11.99)|||"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ 30g Lancets For use with most Lancet Devices / Easy to Use / Worldwide Leader in Insulin Delivery Devices
For use with most Lancet Devices / Easy to Use / Worldwide Leader in Insulin Delivery Devices
Comfortable
Easy to use
Fits most lancing devices
The Ultra-Fine Lancet provides all the familiar comfort and quality you have come to expect from BD
The Ultra-Fine Lancet can be used with these devices: BD™ Lancet Device, Microlet®, Autolet Lite®, Autolet® Mini, FreeStyle®, Penlet®, and Soft Touch™ and Medisense®
Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com
Directions:
If you are using a lancet device, refer to the manufacturer's insert that came with the device.
1. Wash and dry hands. 2. Select fingertip site slightly off center to minimize discomfort. 3. Remove lancet cap. 4. With firm motion, puncture skin quickly. 5. Apply blood to test strip, wipe fingertip with dry cotton ball or soft tissue, holding over the puncture site until bleeding stops. 6. Place used lancet in sealable puncture proof container. When container is full, follow local disposal ordinance where applicable.
"|"BD Ultra Fine 30 Gauge Lancets - 100 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bd-ultra-fine-insulin-syringe-30-gauge-90|bd-ultra-fine-insulin-syringe-30-gauge-90|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra Fine Insulin Syringes 30 Gauge"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-ultra-fine-insulin-syringe-30-gauge-90.html"|(0)|||"BD"|""|""|""|""|"BD Ultra Fine Insulin Syringes 30 Gauge"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bd-ultra-fine-insulin-syringe-30-gauge-10|bd-ultra-fine-insulin-syringe-30-gauge-10|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra Fine Insulin Syringes 30 Gauge 10 pack"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-ultra-fine-insulin-syringe-30-gauge-10.html"|(0)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|""|"BD Ultra Fine Insulin Syringes 30 Gauge 10 pack"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bd-ultra-fine-insulin-syringe-31-gauge-90|bd-ultra-fine-insulin-syringe-31-gauge-90|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra Fine Insulin Syringes 31 Gauge"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-ultra-fine-insulin-syringe-31-gauge-90.html"|(27.99)|||"BD"|""|""|""|""|"BD Ultra Fine Insulin Syringes 31 Gauge"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bd-ultra-fine-insulin-syringe-31-gauge-10|bd-ultra-fine-insulin-syringe-31-gauge-10|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra Fine Insulin Syringes 31 Gauge 10 pack"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-ultra-fine-insulin-syringe-31-gauge-10.html"|(0)|||"BD"|""|""|""|""|"BD Ultra Fine Insulin Syringes 31 Gauge 10 pack"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bd-24910|bd-24910|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra-Fine 31 Gauge .3 cc Half Unit 6mm"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-24910.html"|(27.99 3 79.56 5 125.2 10 237.8)||T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine 31 Gauge .3 cc Half Unit15/64 in (6mm)
The BD Ultra-Fine 31 Gauge 0.3 cc 15/64 in (6 mm) Half Unit is to help reduce the risk of painfully injecting into the muscle. These needles are less intimidating and allow you to have more of a comfort level. BD Ultra-Fine designs their scale markings to be easily read, not just with bold print, but by aligning the numbers to draw a more accurate dose. When you just need a small dose BD 31 gauge 0.3 cc 15/64 in (6 mm) Half Unit gives you the precision markings you need to feel more confident with your management of your blood glucose levels.
Questions: Call Manufacturer
at 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com
Features:
It is a smoother and more comfortable needle
Comes in a wide flange for you to feel more secure
With its extended barrel it gives you the ability to free up a hand
Easy to read scale markings that help to make for a more accurate dosage
Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
Package Includes:
One box of 100 sterile single use syringes (10 packs)
Directions:
To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.
Warnings:
For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.
Use once and destroy
Ingredients:
Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DOES NOT CONTAIN LATEX
BD Consumer Healthcare
1Becton Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417 www.BD.com
"|"BD Ultra-Fine 31 Gauge .3 cc Half Unit 15/64 inch (6mm)"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bd-24907|bd-24907|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra-Fine 31 Gauge 1/2 cc 15/64 in (6 MM) Insulin - 90 ea - 324907"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-24907.html"|(27.99 3 80.82 5 129.45 10 249.9)|(25.99 3 75.87 5 122.95 10 239.9)|T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ Insulin Syringe 31G, 1/2 cc, 15/64" (6mm) - 90 ea Easy, high quality disposable syringes.
BD's Shortest Insulin Syringe Needle Ever!
U-100 INSULIN
For 50 Units or Less
31 Gauge 15/64" (6mm) Needle
90 Sterile Single Use Syringes (9 packs)
NDC #08290-3249-07
This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex
Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com
Features:
To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a insulin syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.
All BD insulin syringes are...
Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX
Directions:
To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.
Warnings:
For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.
These 6mm BD Ultra Fine™ insulin syringes are made in the USA.
"|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringe 31 Gauge 1/2 cc 15/64 inch (6 MM) - 90 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bd-24906|bd-24906|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra-Fine 31 Gauge 3/10 cc 15/64 in (6 MM) Insulin 90 ea 324906"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-24906.html"|(27.99 3 80.82 5 129.45 10 249.9)|(25.99 3 75.87 5 122.95 10 239.9)|T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ insulin syringe 31G, 3/10 cc, 15/64" (6mm) - 90 ea Easy, high quality disposable syringes.
BD's Shortest Insulin Syringe Needle Ever!
U-100 INSULIN
For 30 Units or Less
31 Gauge 15/64" (6mm) Needle
90 Sterile Single Use Syringes (9 packs)
NDC #08290-3249-06
This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex
Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com
Features:
To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.
All BD insulin syringes are...
Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX
Directions:
To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.
Warnings:
For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.
Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX
Directions:
To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.
Warnings:
For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.
Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX
Directions:
To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.
Warnings:
For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.
This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex
Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com
Features:
To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a insulin syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.
All BD insulin syringes are...
Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX
Directions:
To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.
Warnings:
For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.
Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX
Directions:
To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.
Warnings:
For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.
"|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringe 30 Gauge 0.5 cc 1/2 in - 10 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bd-24908|bd-24908|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringe 31 Gauge 1 cc 15/64 inch (6 MM) - 90 ea"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-24908.html"|(27.99 3 80.82 5 129.45 10 249.9)|(25.99 3 75.87 5 122.95 10 239.9)|T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ Insulin Syringe 31G, 1 cc, 15/64" (6mm) - 90 ea Easy, high quality disposable insulin syringes.
BD's Shortest Insulin Syringe Needle Ever!
U-100 INSULIN
For 100 Units or Less
31 Gauge 15/64" (6mm) Needle
90 Sterile Single Use Syringes (9 packs)
NDC #08290-3249-08
This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex
Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com
Features:
To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.
All BD insulin syringes are...
Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX
Directions:
To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.
Warnings:
For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.
"|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringe 31 Gauge 1 cc 15/64 inch (6 MM) - 90 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bd-28280|bd-28280|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringes 30 Gauge 0.3 cc 1/2 inch - 90 ea"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-28280.html"|(27.99 3 79.56 5 125.2 10 237.8)|(25.99 3 75.66 5 122.2 10 237.8)|T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ 3/10cc Insulin Syringes
U-100 INSULIN
For 30 Units or Less
30 Gauge 1/2" (12.7mm) Needle
90 Sterile Single Use Syringes (9 packs)
NDC #08290-3282-80
This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex
Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com
Features:
To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a insulin needle more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.
All BD insulin syringes are...
Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX
Directions:
To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.
Warnings:
For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.
"|"Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringes 30 Gauge 0.3 cc 1/2 inch - 90 ea - BD"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bd-28279|bd-28279|PRODUCTS|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringes 30 Gauge 0.5 cc 1/2 inch - 90 ea"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bd-28279.html"|(27.99 3 79.56 5 125.2 10 237.8)|(25.99 3 75.66 5 122.2 10 237.8)|T|"BD"|""|""|""|"
BD Ultra-Fine™ 1/2cc Insulin Syringes
U-100 INSULIN
For 50 Units or Less
30 Gauge 1/2" (12.7mm) Needle
90 Sterile Single Use Syringes (9 packs)
NDC #08290-3282-79
This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex
Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com
BD 30 Gauge Needle Features:
To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a diabetic syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.
All BD insulin syringes are...
Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX
Directions:
To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.
Warnings:
For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.
These Ultra-Fine™ BD insulin syringes are made in USA
This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex
Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com
Features:
To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.
All BD insulin syringes are...
Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX
Directions:
To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.
Warnings:
For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.
BD Insulin Syringes with 30G ultra fine needle do NOT contain natural rubber latex
Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com
Features:
To ensure maximum safety and comfort with insulin syrine 1cc, you should never use a syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.
Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX
Directions:
To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.
Warnings:
For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.
This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex
Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com
Features:
To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.
All BD insulin syringes are...
Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX
Directions:
To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.
Warnings:
For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.
This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex
Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com
Features:
To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.
All BD insulin syringes are...
Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX
Directions:
To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.
Warnings:
For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.
Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX
Directions:
To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.
Warnings:
For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.
Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX
Directions:
To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.
Warnings:
For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.
This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex
Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com
Features:
To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.
All BD insulin syringes are...
Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX
Directions:
To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.
Warnings:
For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.
This product does NOT contain natural rubber latex
Questions: Contact BD Consumer Healthcare: 1-888-232-2737 or Visit: www.BD.com
Features:
To ensure maximum safety and comfort, you should never use a syringe more than once. For more details, read about the risks of needle reuse.
All BD insulin Ultra-Fine™ 31-gauge syringes are...
Engineered with optimal point geometry for maximum comfort and reliability
Coated with special Micro-Bonded lubrication for a more comfortable injection
Manufactured with a special surgical grade of stainless steel
Subject to 100% needle point inspection to assure consistent high quality
Non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and DO NOT CONTAIN LATEX
31-Gauge Insulin Needle Directions:
To expose plunger, twist white cap to break seal, then pull off.
To expose needle, twist orange cap to break seal, then pull STRAIGHT off, being careful not to bend the needle.
To measure correct dose, align top edge of Thin-Line plunger tip with your dosage mark on the syringe scale.
Use once only. To prevent misuse after injection, destroy syringe needle and contain. Dispose of used products in accordance with local law and ordinances.
If you inject someone else or dispose of someone else's syringes, extreme caution must be exercised to avoid accidental needle sticks which can transmit serious even grave infections. Do not recap or clip someone else's syringe needle. As soon as possible place used syringe, intact in a safe container.
Warnings:
For patients who mix two types of insulin, do not change the order of mixing that the physician has prescribed or the model brand of the syringe or needle without first consulting your physician or pharmacist. Failure to heed this warning can result in dosage error.
"|"BD Ultra-Fine Insulin Syringes 31 Gauge 1 cc 5/16 inch - 90 ea"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
medical-bed-bedding-accessories|medical-bed-bedding-accessories|SECTIONS|"Bedding Accessories"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"
We offer a wide selection of name brand Bedding Accessories at very low prices because of the purchase volume we buy them at. You will find bed rails, overbed tables, fitted sheets and universal mattress covers in our store. We hope that you find something here that will be useful and economical. When partnering with these manufacturers, we look for ones that stand by their products and are here for our customers. Drive Medical happens to be one of those brands that work with us to ensure not only quality of their brand but also the safeness for you at a great price! If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here."|"Bedding Accessories"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:DRIVE-13000 :DRIVE-13008 :DRIVE-13009KT-BV :DRIVE-15021BV :DRIVE-15030HBC :DRIVE-15030HBL :DRIVE-15062 :DRIVE-15064 :DRIVE-15065R-1 :DRIVE-15076 :DRIVE-15201BV :DRIVE-15208BV :DRIVE-14700 :DRIVE-13080 :DRIVE-13085LN :DRIVE-13085RN :DRIVE-14333 :DRIVE-13081 :DRIVE-13601 :DRIVE-14428 :DRIVE-13098)"|""|||
medical-bed-bedding-bed|medical-bed-bedding-bed|SECTIONS|"Beds"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"
Nothing is more essential at the end of the day then proper sleep. OTC Wholesale helps ensure that a good night’s rest isn’t an issue you have to worry about with high quality bedding and accessories. Whatever need you have you can find a medical bedding solution here at low cost to you. OTC sells products from top brands such as Bilt-Rite, Body-Sport, Core, Drive Medical, Kole and Roscoe Medical.
OTC Wholesale’s prices are virtual unbeatable as products are sold wholesale cutting out the need for a middle man. It’s quite possible to find every product you need to improve a patients sleeping experience so they can focus on healing. OTC offers various medical pillow configurations so that no matter what position you need to sleep in you can do it comfortably. With great deals on electric beds, it possible to find an option that still allows you to maintain your budget.
OTC Wholesale also offers various products that are hard to find in stores such as assist railings, water proof mattresses, and trapeze bars. The ability to find anything you need at discount prices is hard to beat. If you are a retailer looking to purchase in bulk, please contact OTC Wholesale directly to receive a quote. please call or email us by clicking here.
Ensuring patient comfort is one of a caregiver's primary responsibilities and OTC Wholesale makes it incredibly easy to do just that with our extensive line of wholesale bedding. Not only will you find great deals on electric beds with rails and mattresses, but you'll also find medical bed accessories like orthopedic pillows to ensure maximum patient comfort throughout their convalescence. Look at medical beds for home use that are both practical and attractive from manufacturers like Bilt-Rite, Body-Sport, Core, Current Solutions, Drive Medical, Kole and Roscoe Medical. You'll also find these medical bed accessories at virtually unbeatable prices as we are able to offer them to you at wholesale. With a little help from OTC Wholesale, you can easily transform the patient's bedroom to a comfortable and inviting space where he or she can relax and focus on getting better. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities of medical beds for home use, please call or email us by clicking here.
"|"Medical Beds"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:MEDICAL-BED-BEDDING-BED :MEDICAL-BED-BEDDING-PILLOWS :MEDICAL-BED-BEDDING-ACCESSORIES)"|""|||
bilt-rite|bilt-rite|SECTIONS|"Bilt-Rite"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"Bilt-Rite, a leader in orthopedic and sports medicine, pride themselves in manufacturing high quality orthopedic supports, pillows and hot/cold products. Their products are targeted to give you pain relieving comfort in the privacy of your own home."|"Bilt-Rite Mastex"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BILTRITE-65773 :BILTRITE-CV200 :BILTRITE-65200 :BILTRITE-1047000 :BILTRITE-TF120-THERMAL-FREEZE :BILTRITE-TF110-THERMAL-FREEZE :BILTRITE-TF100-THERMAL-FREEZE :BILTRITE-MAS040-HEATED-MITT :BILTRITE-1065005 :BILTRITE-10-65100-ELECTRIC-MASSAGER :BILTRITE-HEATED-MITTS-BOOTIES :BILTRITE-MAS025-HEATED-BOOTIES :BILTRITE-MAS035-HEATED-MITTS)"|""|||
biltrite-1047000|biltrite-1047000|PRODUCTS|"Bilt-Rite Cervical Pillow Roll 6 x 16 in"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biltrite-1047000.html"|(10.95)|||"Bilt-Rite"|""|""|""|"
Bilt-Rite® White Foam Cervical Pillow Roll - 6" x 16"
Bilt-Rite's® Cervical Pillow Roll is made with foam and a cotton polyester blend cover. This White Foam 6" x 16" Cervical Pillow Roll helps users by promoting tension and stress relief in the neck for a better night's rest and deeper sleep.
"|"Bilt-Rite Cervical Pillow Roll 6 x 16 in"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
biltrite-cv200|biltrite-cv200|PRODUCTS|"Bilt-Rite Cradle Sleep Pillow Deluxe 20 x 26 in"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biltrite-cv200.html"|(21.95)|||"Bilt-Rite"|""|""|""|"
Bilt-Rite's® Cradle Sleep® Deluxe Pillow Cradles users' head and neck in a natural and tension-free position.
Bilt-Rite's® Cradle Sleep® Deluxe Pillow cradles your head and neck in a natural position that is stress-free. This position helps to eliminate tension in the neck and shoulders to help reduce snoring and for therapeutic applications and anatomical support as well. It is designed with plush 100% polyester fibers for maximal comfort. The outer easy care material can be cleaned with soap and water and the 20" x 26" pillow can fit in most standard pillowcases. Comfortable for back and side sleepers, the Deluxe Cradle Sleep® pillow promotes a deeper sleep while reducing snoring for a more restful night.
These heated booties and mitts are generously oversized, so most feet and hands fit comfortably. The heat helps soothe the skin and your nails, working to restore the balance of the natural moisture within your feet or hands. The highest heat setting allows for warmer heat therapy, which in turn offers relief of many conditions, including arthritis. Both the booties and the mitts have larger openings for ease of use.
"|"Bilt-Rite Heated Booties - Model MAS025"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
biltrite-heated-mitts-booties|biltrite-heated-mitts-booties|PRODUCTS|"Bilt-Rite Heated Mitts and Booties"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biltrite-heated-mitts-booties.html"|(29.95)||T|"Bilt-Rite"|""|""|""|"
Bilt-Rite Heated Mitts and Booties
These heated mitts and booties are generously oversized, so most feet and hands fit comfortably. The heat helps soothe the skin and your nails, working to restore the balance of the natural moisture within your feet or hands. The highest heat setting on these therapeutic booties and mitts allows for warmer heat therapy, which in turn offers relief of many conditions, including arthritis. Both the booties and the mitts have larger openings for ease of use.
"|"Bilt-Rite Heated Mitts and Booties"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BILTRITE-MAS025-HEATED-BOOTIES :BILTRITE-MAS035-HEATED-MITTS)"|""|||
biltrite-mas035-heated-mitts|biltrite-mas035-heated-mitts|PRODUCTS|"Bilt-Rite Heated Mitts MAS035"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biltrite-mas035-heated-mitts.html"|(29.95)|||"Bilt-Rite"|""|""|""|"
Bilt-Rite Heated Mitts and Booties
These heated booties and mitts are generously oversized, so most feet and hands fit comfortably. The heat helps soothe the skin and your nails, working to restore the balance of the natural moisture within your feet or hands. The highest heat setting allows for warmer heat therapy, which in turn offers relief of many conditions, including arthritis. Both the booties and the mitts have larger openings for ease of use.
Bilt-Rite's® Infrared Heat Wand has a wide massaging head with two heat settings and an angled design for the hard to reach places. It provides deep infrared heat that can penetrate far below the surface of the skin producing a soothing, comforting effect upon the nerves. Bilt-Rite's® Infrared Heat Wand helps to relieve muscular tension, reduce inflammation and provide pain relief without medication for many conditions.
"|"Bilt-Rite Infrared Portable Heat Wand"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
biltrite-1065005|biltrite-1065005|PRODUCTS|"Bilt-Rite Mighty Mini TENS Pain Management Unit - Model 10-65005"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biltrite-1065005.html"|(24.95)|||"Bilt-Rite"|""|""|""|"
Bilt-Rite® Mighty Mini TENS Pain Management Solution - Model 10-65005
The new Mighty Mini TENS Unit by Bilt-Rite® is an alternative drug-free pain relief solution. This lightweight, non-prescription unit is safe, effective and easy-to-use. With simple 2-button operation and ten levels of intensity to choose from, the Mighty Mini TENS is user-friendly and customizable.
"|"Bilt-Rite Mighty Mini TENS Pain Management Unit - Model 10-65005"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
biltrite-65773|biltrite-65773|PRODUCTS|"Bilt-Rite Oxygen-Ion Luxury Bath Spa"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biltrite-65773.html"|(59.95)|||"Bilt-Rite"|""|""|""|"
Bilt-Rite® Oxygen-Ion Bath Spa
Bilt-Rite's® Oxygen-Ion Bath Spa helps you to turn your bath into a deluxe spa. The adjustable controls help users to customize the bath spa from a powerful jet stream to gentle bubbles. The unique design of the Oxygen-Ion Bath Spa easily attaches to any tub surface with heavy duty easy-to-use sturdy suction cups. Additionally the jets are adjustable in several directions for direct and powerful comfort and relief where you need it most as the swirls of water massage away stress.
"|"Bilt-Rite Oxygen-Ion Luxury Bath Spa"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bio-protech|bio-protech|SECTIONS|"Bio Protech"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"The MAXEMS 1000/2000 is a battery operated pulse generator that sends electrical impulses through electrodes to the body and reaches the underlying muscle group. The device is provided with two controllable output channels, each independent of each other. An electrode pair can be connected to each output channel. The electrodes of the MAXEMS 2000 create electrical impulses whose amplitude, pulse rate, contraction time, relaxation time and ramp time may be altered with switches. Dial controls (Press buttons) are very easy to use and slide cover prevents accidental changes in the setting.
If a customer has a warranty issue with a Bio-Protech unit, the manufacture does require the customer to pay the shipping to their location. "|"Bio-Protech TENS EMS unit"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BIOPROTECH-MAXEMS2000 :BIOPROTECH-MAXTENS2000 :BIOPROTECH-MAXEMS1000 :BIOPROTECH-MAXTENS1000)"|""|||
bioprotech-maxems1000|bioprotech-maxems1000|PRODUCTS|"Bio Protech MaxEMS 1000 Dual Channel Analog EMS Unit DYMAXEMS1000"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bioprotech-maxems1000.html"|(28.95)|(26.95)||"Bio Protech USA"|""|""|""|"
Bio Protech MAXEMS 1000 Dual Channel Analog EMS Unit - 1 ea An affordable Dual Channel Analog Fully Adjustable EMS Unit to help you get the settings "just right".
Bio Protech answered the request for an affordable user-conscious muscle stimulator device with the MAXEMS 1000 EMS Unit. This unit contains a wide variety of output combinations to help the users get the setting that are 'just right' for them. The amplitude, pulse rate, and pulse width are all adjustable and there is a protective cover on the unit to guard against sudden accidental changes. Additionally it features a Zero Start Shock Prevention Feature.
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-714-730-9950 or Visit: www.protechsite.com (remember to copy name down to link field below)
Features:
Dual Channel
Analog Display & Controls
Fully Adjustable
Easy-To-Use
1-Year Manufacture Warranty
Zero Start Feature
If both intensity adjusters are not in the off position while the battery is being connected (first installation or exchange of battery), MAXEMS 1000 will not operate and thus not shock the end user.
Please turn adjusters to the off position after installation of battery.
Then turn on the adjusters to operate.
Technical Specifications:
Channel: Dual Channel, isolated between channels
Pulse Amplitude: Adjustable, 0 - 80 mA
Max Output: 80 mA (peak to peak) into 500 ohm load each channel
Voltage: Adjustable, 0 - 40 V
Pulse Rate: 5, 30, and 100 Hz
Pulse Width: Fixed at 250 µs
Contraction Time (On Time): Adjustable, 1 - 30 seconds
Relaxation Time (Off Time): Adjustable, 1 - 45 seconds
Ramp Time: 1, 3, and 5 seconds
Waveform: Asymmetrical Bi-Phasic Square Pulse
Power Supply: 9V Battery (Type 6F22)
Size: 4.13 (H) x 2.76 (W) x 0.94 (T) in. (10.5 x 7 x 2.4 cm.)
Weight: 0.28 Lbs (127 g) (Battery Included
Package Includes:
TENS Unit
TENS Electrodes (x4)
Lead wires (x 2)
9V Battery (Type 6F22)
Instruction Manual
Carrying Case
Warnings:
The long term effects of chronic electrical stimulation are unknown.
Stimulation should not be applied over the carotid sinus reflex.
Stimulation should not be applied over the neck or mouth. Severe spasm of the laryngeal and pharyngeal muscles may occur and the contractions may be strong enough to cause difficulty in breathing.
Stimulation should not be applied transthoracically in that the introduction of electrical current into the heart may cause cardiac arrhythmias.
Stimulation should not be applied transcerebrally.
Stimulation should not be applied over swollen, infected, or inflamed area or skin eruptions (e.g., Phlebitis, thrombophlebitis, varicose veins, etc.)
Stimulation
Remove batteries if the unit is not used for long periods of time.
Temperature & R.H. of Storage: 32°F - 104°F (0°C - 40°C), 30% - 75% R.H.
Warranty:
All MAXEMS 1000 models carry a manufacture warranty of one year from the date of delivery. The warranty applies to the stimulator only and covers both parts and labor relating thereto. The warranty does not apply to damage resulting from failure to follow the operating instructions, accidents, abuse, alteration or disassembly by unauthorized personnel.
"|"Bio Protech MaxEMS 1000 Dual Channel Analog EMS Unit DYMAXEMS1000"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bioprotech-maxems2000|bioprotech-maxems2000|PRODUCTS|"Bio Protech MaxEMS 2000 Dual Channel Digital EMS Unit DYMAXEMS2000"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bioprotech-maxems2000.html"|(36.95 3 108.75 6 213.3 12 419.4)|(32.95 3 91.5 6 168.3 12 311.4)|T|"Bio Protech USA"|""|""|""|"
Bio Protech MAXEMS 2000 Dual Channel Digital EMS Unit - 1 ea An affordable Dual Channel Analog Fully Adjustable EMS Unit to help you get the settings "just right".
Bio Protech answered the request for an affordable user-conscious muscle stimulator device with the MAXEMS 2000 EMS Unit. This unit contains a wide variety of output combinations and 4 Timer Settings to help the users get the setting that are 'just right' for them. The amplitude, pulse rate, and pulse width are all adjustable and there is a protective cover on the unit to guard against sudden accidental changes. Additionally it features a Zero Start Shock Prevention Feature.
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-714-730-9950 or Visit: www.protechsite.com (remember to copy name down to link field below)
Features:
Dual Channel
Digital Display & Controls
Fully Adjustable
4 Timer Settings
Easy-To-Use
1-Year Manufacture Warranty
Zero Start Feature
If both intensity adjusters are not in the off position while the battery is being connected (first installation or exchange of battery), MAXEMS 1000 will not operate and thus not shock the end user.
Please turn adjusters to the off position after installation of battery.
Then turn on the adjusters to operate.
Technical Specifications:
Channel: Dual Channel
Pulse Amplitude: Adjustable (by intensity control knob), 0 - 80 mA peak into 500 ohm load each channel
Output Voltage: Adjustable (by intensity control knob), 0 - 40 V peak into 500 ohm load each channel
Pulse Rate: Adjustable, from 1 - 150 Hz, 1Hz/step
Pulse Width: Adjustable, from 50 - 250 µs, 10µs/step
Contraction Time (On Time): Adjustable, from 1 - 30 seconds, 1 second/step
Relaxation Time (Off Time): Adjustable, from 1 - 45 seconds, 1 second/step
Ramp Time: Adjustable, from 1 - 8 seconds, 1 second/step
Timer: 15, 30, 45, and 60 minutes
Waveform: Asymmetrical Bi-Phasic Square Pulse
Power Supply: 9V Battery (Type 6F22)
Size: 4.13 (H) x 2.76 (W) x 0.94 (T) in. (10.5 x 7 x 2.4 cm.)
Weight: 0.29 Lbs (130 g) (Battery Included
Operating Conditions:
Temperature: 32°F - 104°F (0°C - 40°C)
Relative Humidity: 30% - 75%
Atmospheric Pressure: 700 Hpa - 1060 Hpa
Remark: there may be up to a ±5% tolerance parameters and a ±10% tolerance of Amplitude & Voltage.
Package Includes:
EMS Unit
TENS Electrodes (x4)
Lead wires (x 2)
9V Battery (Type 6F22)
Instruction Manual
Carrying Case
Warnings:
The long term effects of chronic electrical stimulation are unknown.
Stimulation should not be applied over the carotid sinus reflex.
Stimulation should not be applied over the neck or mouth. Severe spasm of the laryngeal and pharyngeal muscles may occur and the contractions may be strong enough to cause difficulty in breathing.
Stimulation should not be applied transthoracically in that the introduction of electrical current into the heart may cause cardiac arrhythmias.
Stimulation should not be applied transcerebrally.
Stimulation should not be applied over swollen, infected, or inflamed area or skin eruptions (e.g., Phlebitis, thrombophlebitis, varicose veins, etc.)
Stimulation
Remove batteries if the unit is not used for long periods of time.
Temperature & R.H. of Storage: 32°F - 104°F (0°C - 40°C), 30% - 75% R.H.
Bio-Protech warrantee WARNING::
All MAXEMS 2000 models carry a manufacture warranty of one year from the date of delivery. The warranty applies to the stimulator only and covers both parts and labor relating thereto. The warranty does not apply to damage resulting from failure to follow the operating instructions, accidents, abuse, alteration or disassembly by unauthorized personnel.Bio-Protech warrantee requirements are that although the buyer/customer needs to contact and inform OTCWholesale regarding their problem, the customer/buyer is required to contact the manufacturer who holds the warrantee (Bio-Protech) directly regarding the problem they are having. The buyer/Customer is required to pay the shipping to send the product to Bio-Protech and also the return shipping to receive the product back. Bio-Protech can be reached toll-free at (714) 730-9950. OTCWholesale will help in any way to help facilitate this process.
"|"Bio Protech MaxEMS 2000 Dual Channel Digital EMS Unit DYMAXEMS2000"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bioprotech-maxtens1000|bioprotech-maxtens1000|PRODUCTS|"Bio Protech MaxTENS 1000 Dual Channel Analog TENS Unit 3 Mode"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bioprotech-maxtens1000.html"|(26.95 3 78.75 6 153.3 12 299.4)|(24.95 3 69.6 6 128.7 12 239.4)|T|"Bio Protech USA"|""|""|""|"
Bio Protech MAXTENS 1000 Dual Channel Analog 3 Mode TENS Unit - 1 ea An affordable Dual Channel 3 Mode Analog Fully Adjustable TENS Unit to help you get the settings "just right".
Bio Protech answered the request for an affordable user-conscious pain control device with the MAXTENS 1000 TENS Unit. This analog TENS unit contains a wide variety of output combinations to help the users get the setting that are 'just right' for them. It features 3 Modes: Normal (N), Burst (B), and Modulation (M) along with 3 different timer settings. The amplitude, pulse rate, and pulse width are all adjustable and there is a protective cover on the unit to guard against sudden accidental changes. Additionally it features a Zero Start Shock Prevention Feature.
Understanding Pain Pain is the body's warning system. It alerts us to injury or illness. and it is absolutely necessary for life and health. Unfortunately however, this vital warning system is not equipped with an "off" switch. So sometimes, long after we have gotten the "message" and responded to the problem pain signals keep on being sent to the brain. Pain signals, in the form of electrical impulses, travel to the brain through the body's nervous system from the site of the injury or ailment. In the brain, the impulses are interpreted as pain.
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-714-730-9950 or Visit: www.protechsite.com
Analog TENS Unit Features:
Fully Adjustable
Convenience
Protective cover to protect from accidental setting changes
Zero Start Function
If both intensity adjusters are not in the off position while the battery is being connected (first installation or exchange of battery), MAXTENS 1000 will not operate and thus not shock the end user.
Please turn adjusters to the off position after installation of battery.
Then turn on the adjusters to operate.
Technical Specifications:
Channel: Dual Channel (Isolated between channels)
Amplitude: Adjustable, 0 - 80 mA; Peak into 500 ohm load each channel
Pulse Rate: Adjustable, from 2 - 150 Hz
Pulse Width: Adjustable, from 30µs to 260µs
Modes:
Normal (N) or Constant Mode
Burst (B) Mode
Bursts occur twice every second
Pulse Width: Adjustable
Frequency: 100 Hz
Modulation (M) Mode
Varied in a cyclic patten over an interval of nominally 10 second in Max 150 Hz
Pulse rate decreases linearly over a period of 4 seconds to 40% less than the control setting
Continues for 1 second
Increase for 4 seconds to original value
Continues for 1 second
Repeat
Waveform: Asymmetrical biphasic pulse
Timer: 15 or 30 minutes, or Continue
Power Supply: 9V Battery (Type 6F22)
Size: 4.13 (H) x 2.76 (W) x 0.94 (T) in. (10.5 x 7 x 2.4 cm.)
Weight: 0.28 Lbs (127 g) (Battery Included)
Storage Conditions:
Temperature: -68°F - 140°F(-20°C - 60°C)
Relative Humidity: 20% - 95%
Atmospheric Pressure: 500 hPa - 1060 hPa
Package Includes:
MaxTENS 1000 TENS Unit
TENS Electrodes (x4)
Lead wires (x 2)
9V Battery (Type 6F22)
Instruction Manual
Carrying Case
Warnings:
Do not use TENS on the cartoid sinus (neck) region.
Do not place electrodes on the site that may cause current to flow transcerebrally (through the head).
The safety of TENS devices for use during pregnancy or birth has not been established. Do not use TENS during pregnancy.
TENS is symptomatic treatment and as such suppresses the sensation of pain which would otherwise serve as a protective mechanism, Electronic monitoring equipment (such as ECG monitors and ECG alarms) may not operate properly when TENS stimulation is in use.
If you have epilepsy, myocardial disease or arrhythmias always consult your doctor before using TENS.
Don't attempt to use TENS or its accessories in any other way that describes in the user guide.
Care should be taken so that when operating potentially dangerous machinery the stimulator controls are not changed abruptly.
Do not place electrode over eyelids, in the mouth, or internally.
Simultaneous connection of a patient to a HF SURGICAL EQUIPMENT may result in burns at the site of the stimulator and possible damage to the stimulator.
Operation in close proximity (e.g. 1m) to a shortwave or microwave therapy equipment may produce instability in the stimulator output.
Remove batteries if unit is not used for a long period of time.
Never apply electrodes over irritated or broken skin.
Warranty:
All MAXTENS 1000 models carry a manufacture warranty of one year from the date of delivery. The warranty applies to the stimulator only and covers both parts and labor relating thereto. The warranty does not apply to damage resulting from failure to follow the operating instructions, accidents, abuse, alteration or disassembly by unauthorized personnel.
"|"Bio Protech MaxTENS 1000 Dual Channel Analog TENS Unit 3 Mode"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
bioprotech-maxtens2000|bioprotech-maxtens2000|PRODUCTS|"Bio Protech MaxTENS 2000 Dual Channel Digital TENS Unit 3 Mode"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bioprotech-maxtens2000.html"|(34.95 3 102.75 6 201.3 12 395.4)|(32.95 3 91.5 6 168.3 12 311.4)|T|"Bio Protech USA"|""|""|""|"
Bio Protech MAXTENS 2000 Dual Channel Digital 3 Mode TENS Unit - 1 ea An affordable Dual Channel 3 Mode Digital Fully Adjustable TENS Unit to help you get the settings "just right".
Bio Protech answered the request for an affordable user-conscious pain control device with the MAXTENS TENS Unit. This unit contains a wide variety of output combinations to help the users get the setting that are 'just right' for them. It features 3 Modes: Normal (N), Burst (B), and Modulation (M) along with 6 different timer settings. The amplitude, pulse rate, and pulse width are all adjustable and there is a protective cover on the unit to guard against sudden accidental changes.
Understanding Pain Pain is the body's warning system. It alerts us to injury or illness. and it is absolutely necessary for life and health. Unfortunately however, this vital warning system is not equipped with an "off" switch. So sometimes, long after we have gotten the "message" and responded to the problem pain signals keep on being sent to the brain. Pain signals, in the form of electrical impulses, travel to the brain through the body's nervous system from the site of the injury or ailment. In the brain, the impulses are interpreted as pain.
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-714-730-9950 or Visit: www.protechsite.com
Features:
Dual Channel
Easy to Use
Fully Adjustable
Convenience
Protective cover to protect from accidental setting changes
Zero start feature (protects from shock)
LCD Monitoring
1-Year Manufacture Warranty
3 Modes: Normal, Burst, and Modulation
Technical Specifications:
Channel: Dual Channel
Amplitude: Adjustable, 0 - 80 mA; Peak into 500 ohm load each channel
Pulse Rate: Adjustable, from 1 - 150 Hz
Pulse Width: Adjustable, from 50µs to 250µs
Modes:
Normal (N) or Constant Mode
Burst (B) Mode
Bursts occur twice every second
Pulse Width: 250 µs
Frequency: 100 Hz
Modulation (M) Mode
Pulse Width Modulation
From 100 µs to 250 µs within 6 seconds
Then back to 100 µs in the next 6 seconds
Pulse Rate: Selectable
Waveform: Asymmetrical biphasic pulse
Timer: 15, 30, 45, 60, 90 minutes, or Continue
Voltage: 0 - 40 V (Load: 500 ohm)
Power Supply: 9V Battery (Type 6F22)
Size: 4.13 (H) x 2.76 (W) x 0.94 (T) in. (10.5 x 7 x 2.4 cm.)
Weight: 0.28 Lbs (127 g) (Battery Included)
Storage Conditions:
Temperature: -68°F - 140°F(-20°C - 60°C)
Relative Humidity: 20% - 95%
Atmospheric Pressure: 500 hPa - 1060 hPa
Package Includes:
TENS Unit
TENS Electrodes (x4)
Lead wires (x 2)
9V Battery (Type 6F22)
Instruction Manual
Carrying Case
Warnings:
Do not use TENS on the cartoid sinus (neck) region.
Do not place electrodes on the site that may cause current to flow transcerebrally (through the head).
The safety of TENS devices for use during pregnancy or birth has not been established. Do not use TENS during pregnancy.
TENS is symptomatic treatment and as such suppresses the sensation of pain which would otherwise serve as a protective mechanism, Electronic monitoring equipment (such as ECG monitors and ECG alarms) may not operate properly when TENS stimulation is in use.
If you have epilepsy, myocardial disease or arrhythmias always consult your doctor before using TENS.
Don't attempt to use TENS or its accessories in any other way that describes in the user guide.
Care should be taken so that when operating potentially dangerous machinery the stimulator controls are not changed abruptly.
Do not place electrode over eyelids, in the mouth, or internally.
Simultaneous connection of a patient to a HF SURGICAL EQUIPMENT may result in burns at the site of the stimulator and possible damage to the stimulator.
Operation in close proximity (e.g. 1m) to a shortwave or microwave therapy equipment may produce instability in the stimulator output.
Remove batteries if unit is not used for a long period of time.
Never apply electrodes over irritated or broken skin.
Warranty:
All MAXTENS 2000 models carry a manufacture warranty of one year from the date of delivery. The warranty applies to the stimulator only and covers both parts and labor relating thereto. The warranty does not apply to damage resulting from failure to follow the operating instructions, accidents, abuse, alteration or disassembly by unauthorized personnel.
You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!
"Prewired" Reusable Self-Adhering Electrodes For Electrotherapy Stimulation
Superior silver-coated electrodes deliver more current with better distribution accross the entire pad.
Molded wire connector for reliability and durability.
Flexible solid-carbon pad for maximum charge delivery and comfort.
White Cloth-Mesh backing for comfort and durability.
US made high-stick Ludlow Gel for up to 15-20 uses.
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-201-3958 or Visit: www.leadlok.com
Features:
Shown here are the results of a Dispersion Meter Test
An electrical current is passed through each electrode for a period of 60 seconds. The electrical voltage output is identical for each electrode. The shaded area shows the current being dispersed through the electrodes. Because of Lead-Lok's uniques manufacturing process, these electrodes are able to fully disperse the electrical current accross the entire surface of the electrode.
We also use copper lead wires with special heads that help promote greater dispersion and prevent wire pull out. Finally, we use only the finest gel on the market today for greater reusablity and superior performance. You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!
Directions:
Clean and dry application site as needed.
Open the pouch. Save pouch.
Remove electrode from package and peel electrode away from release sheet. Save relese sheet.
If electrode seems dry, add a few drops of water to moisten.
Place electrode on exact skin location (this should be determined by a licensed practitioner or therapist).
Apply finger pressure to electrode edge and lightly press entire electrode to assure adequate contact with patients skin.
Attach electrode lead wires to electrical stimulator/therapy device.
Removal and Storage:
Turn off electrical stimulator.
Disconnect lead wire from electrode(s).
Remove electrode from patient by lifting edge of electrode, not by wire.
For storage, replace electrode on release sheet and into pouch. Re-seal package, and store at room temperature.
Warnings:
Discontinue use and notify licensed practitioner or therapist if rash develops.
Electrode size, shape, and type may effect the safety and effectiveness of treatment. Using and electrode size or shape not recommended by the device manufacturer or your practitioner may result in thermal burning.
Federal law requires sales to be by or on the order of a licensed practitioner or therapist.
Other Information:
Electrodes should be replaced periodically when they lose their adhesive quality.
You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!
"Prewired" Reusable Self-Adhering Electrodes For Electrotherapy Stimulation
Superior silver-coated electrodes deliver more current with better distribution across the entire pad.
Molded wire connector for reliability and durability.
Flexible solid-carbon pad for maximum charge delivery and comfort.
White Cloth-Mesh backing for comfort and durability.
US made high-stick Ludlow Gel for up to 15-20 uses.
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-201-3958 or Visit: www.leadlok.com
Features:
Shown here are the results of a Dispersion Meter Test
An electrical current is passed through each electrode for a period of 60 seconds. The electrical voltage output is identical for each electrode. The shaded area shows the current being dispersed through the electrodes. Because of Lead-Lok's unique manufacturing process, these electrodes are able to fully disperse the electrical current across the entire surface of the electrode.
We also use copper lead wires with special heads that help promote greater dispersion and prevent wire pull out. Finally, we use only the finest gel on the market today for greater reusability and superior performance. You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!
Directions:
Clean and dry application site as needed.
Open the pouch. Save pouch.
Remove electrode from package and peel electrode away from release sheet. Save release sheet.
If electrode seems dry, add a few drops of water to moisten.
Place electrode on exact skin location (this should be determined by a licensed practitioner or therapist).
Apply finger pressure to electrode edge and lightly press entire electrode to assure adequate contact with patients skin.
Attach electrode lead wires to electrical stimulator/therapy device.
Removal and Storage:
Turn off electrical stimulator.
Disconnect lead wire from electrode(s).
Remove electrode from patient by lifting edge of electrode, not by wire.
For storage, replace electrode on release sheet and into pouch. Re-seal package, and store at room temperature.
Warnings:
Discontinue use and notify licensed practitioner or therapist if rash develops.
Electrode size, shape, and type may effect the safety and effectiveness of treatment. Using an electrode size or shape not recommended by the device manufacturer or your practitioner may result in thermal burning.
Federal law requires sales to be by or on the order of a licensed practitioner or therapist.
Other Information:
Electrodes should be replaced periodically when they lose their adhesive quality.
You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!
"Prewired" Reusable Self-Adhering Electrodes For Electrotherapy Stimulation
Superior silver-coated electrodes deliver more current with better distribution accross the entire pad.
Molded wire connector for reliability and durability.
Flexible solid-carbon pad for maximum charge delivery and comfort.
White Cloth-Mesh backing for comfort and durability.
US made high-stick Ludlow Gel for up to 15-20 uses.
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-201-3958 or Visit: www.leadlok.com
Features:
Shown here are the results of a Dispersion Meter Test
An electrical current is passed through each electrode for a period of 60 seconds. The electrical voltage output is identical for each electrode. The shaded area shows the current being dispersed through the electrodes. Because of Lead-Lok's uniques manufacturing process, these electrodes are able to fully disperse the electrical current accross the entire surface of the electrode.
We also use copper lead wires with special heads that help promote greater dispersion and prevent wire pull out. Finally, we use only the finest gel on the market today for greater reusablity and superior performance. You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!
Directions:
Clean and dry application site as needed.
Open the pouch. Save pouch.
Remove electrode from package and peel electrode away from release sheet. Save relese sheet.
If electrode seems dry, add a few drops of water to moisten.
Place electrode on exact skin location (this should be determined by a licensed practitioner or therapist).
Apply finger pressure to electrode edge and lightly press entire electrode to assure adequate contact with patients skin.
Attach electrode lead wires to electrical stimulator/therapy device.
Removal and Storage:
Turn off electrical stimulator.
Disconnect lead wire from electrode(s).
Remove electrode from patient by lifting edge of electrode, not by wire.
For storage, replace electrode on release sheet and into pouch. Re-seal package, and store at room temperature.
Warnings:
Discontinue use and notify licensed practitioner or therapist if rash develops.
Electrode size, shape, and type may effect the safety and effectiveness of treatment. Using and electrode size or shape not recommended by the device manufacturer or your practitioner may result in thermal burning.
Federal law requires sales to be by or on the order of a licensed practitioner or therapist.
Other Information:
Electrodes should be replaced periodically when they lose their adhesive quality.
"|"Bio-Flex TENS Silver Electrodes 3 in Round, White Mesh Backed - 16 Pads"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
biofreeze|biofreeze|SECTIONS|"Biofreeze"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"BIOFREEZE products are a unique, effective pain reliever formulated to provide a variety of benefits for therapy, pain relief, exercise/training and overall comfort. BIOFREEZE products contain ILEX, an herbal extract from a South American holly shrub. ILEX is used around the world in various health & wellness formulations. The result is a fast-acting, penetrating, long lasting pain reliever.
We buy BioFreeze products and other over counter medical supplies in quantity and pass the savings along to our on-line retail customers. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here. "|"BIOFREEZE Pain Relieving Gel Center Biofreeze Roll on Gel, Spray Pump, and Rubbing Gel Biofreeze Pain Relief With Ilex"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BIOFREEZE-10015 :BIOFREEZE-10001 :BIOFREEZE-10001X3 :BIOFREEZE-10015X3 :BIOFREEZE-PROFESSIONAL-GEL-CLINIC-SIZE :BIOFREEZE-PROFESSIONAL-GEL-PATIENT-SIZE :BIOFREEZE-CLASSIC-PAIN-GEL :BIOFREEZE-PROFESSIONAL-12020EXP518 :BIOFREEZE-PROFESSIONAL-11710EXP818 :BIOFREEZE-10020)"|""|||
biofreeze-classic-colorless-spray-3oz|biofreeze-classic-colorless-spray-3oz|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Classic Colorless Spray 360 - 3oz"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-classic-colorless-spray-3oz.html"|(11.99)||T|"Hygenic Corporation - Performance Health"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze Classic Gel
This legendary formula is supported by clinically proven research to provide temporary relief from pain associated with sprains, strains, sore muscles, bruises and joint discomfort. The ingredients found in Biofreeze products are all U.S. Pharmacopeia-grade and are completely propylene glycol and paraben free. Also available is a dye-free/colorless option.
These products can be massage applied and are well-suited for large muscle areas that respond well to hands-on therapy. Such as: shoulders, neck, back, hips, elbows, wrists, hands, knees, ankles, and feet.
These products are well known for fast penetration and quick temporary relief of aches and pains.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-246-3733
Features
Applies Easier
Penetrates Quickly
Available Sizes to Choose From:
Green, 3 oz Tube
Colorless, 3 oz Tube
Green, 2.5 oz Roll-On
Green, 8 oz Pump
Colorless, 3 oz 360° Spray
Uses
Helps to provide temporary relief from aches and pains in muscles and joints.
Ingredients
Check ingredients for the item that you choose.
Biofreeze Classic Pain Relief Gel, Original Green Formula: 3 oz Tube
This legendary formula is supported by clinically proven research to provide temporary relief from pain associated with sprains, strains, sore muscles, bruises and joint discomfort. The ingredients found in Biofreeze products are all U.S. Pharmacopeia-grade and are completely propylene glycol and paraben free. Also available is a dye-free/colorless option.
These products can be massage applied and are well-suited for large muscle areas that respond well to hands-on therapy. Such as: shoulders, neck, back, hips, elbows, wrists, hands, knees, ankles, and feet.
These products are well known for fast penetration and quick temporary relief of aches and pains.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-246-3733
Features
Applies Easier
Penetrates Quickly
Available Sizes to Choose From:
Green, 3 oz Tube
Colorless, 3 oz Tube
Green, 2.5 oz Roll-On
Green, 8 oz Pump
Colorless, 3 oz 360° Spray
Uses
Helps to provide temporary relief from aches and pains in muscles and joints.
Ingredients
Check ingredients for the item that you choose.
Biofreeze Classic Pain Relief Gel, Original Green Formula: 3 oz Tube
This legendary formula is supported by clinically proven research to provide temporary relief from pain associated with sprains, strains, sore muscles, bruises and joint discomfort. The ingredients found in Biofreeze products are all U.S. Pharmacopeia-grade and are completely propylene glycol and paraben free. Also available is a dye-free/colorless option.
These products can be massage applied and are well-suited for large muscle areas that respond well to hands-on therapy. Such as: shoulders, neck, back, hips, elbows, wrists, hands, knees, ankles, and feet.
These products are well known for fast penetration and quick temporary relief of aches and pains.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-246-3733
Features
Applies Easier
Penetrates Quickly
Available Sizes to Choose From:
Green, 3 oz Tube
Colorless, 3 oz Tube
Green, 2.5 oz Roll-On
Green, 8 oz Pump
Colorless, 3 oz 360° Spray
Uses
Helps to provide temporary relief from aches and pains in muscles and joints.
Ingredients
Check ingredients for the item that you choose.
Biofreeze Classic Pain Relief Gel, Original Green Formula: 3 oz Tube
Performance Health Inc. 120 Marc Drive Cuyahoga Falls, OH 44223
"|"Biofreeze Classic Green Pump - 8 oz"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
biofreeze-classic-green-rollon-2-5oz|biofreeze-classic-green-rollon-2-5oz|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Classic Green Roll-On - 2.5oz"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-classic-green-rollon-2-5oz.html"|(11.99)||T|"Hygenic Corporation - Performance Health"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze Classic Gel
This legendary formula is supported by clinically proven research to provide temporary relief from pain associated with sprains, strains, sore muscles, bruises and joint discomfort. The ingredients found in Biofreeze products are all U.S. Pharmacopeia-grade and are completely propylene glycol and paraben free. Also available is a dye-free/colorless option.
These products can be massage applied and are well-suited for large muscle areas that respond well to hands-on therapy. Such as: shoulders, neck, back, hips, elbows, wrists, hands, knees, ankles, and feet.
These products are well known for fast penetration and quick temporary relief of aches and pains.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-246-3733
Features
Applies Easier
Penetrates Quickly
Available Sizes to Choose From:
Green, 3 oz Tube
Colorless, 3 oz Tube
Green, 2.5 oz Roll-On
Green, 8 oz Pump
Colorless, 3 oz 360° Spray
Uses
Helps to provide temporary relief from aches and pains in muscles and joints.
Ingredients
Check ingredients for the item that you choose.
Biofreeze Classic Pain Relief Gel, Original Green Formula: 3 oz Tube
Performance Health Inc. 120 Marc Drive Cuyahoga Falls, OH 44223
"|"Biofreeze Classic Green Roll-On - 2.5oz"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
biofreeze-classic-green-tube-3oz|biofreeze-classic-green-tube-3oz|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Classic Green Tube - 3oz"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-classic-green-tube-3oz.html"|(11.99)||T|"Hygenic Corporation - Performance Health"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze Classic Gel
This legendary formula is supported by clinically proven research to provide temporary relief from pain associated with sprains, strains, sore muscles, bruises and joint discomfort. The ingredients found in Biofreeze products are all U.S. Pharmacopeia-grade and are completely propylene glycol and paraben free. Also available is a dye-free/colorless option.
These products can be massage applied and are well-suited for large muscle areas that respond well to hands-on therapy. Such as: shoulders, neck, back, hips, elbows, wrists, hands, knees, ankles, and feet.
These products are well known for fast penetration and quick temporary relief of aches and pains.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-246-3733
Features
Applies Easier
Penetrates Quickly
Available Sizes to Choose From:
Green, 3 oz Tube
Colorless, 3 oz Tube
Green, 2.5 oz Roll-On
Green, 8 oz Pump
Colorless, 3 oz 360° Spray
Uses
Helps to provide temporary relief from aches and pains in muscles and joints.
Ingredients
Check ingredients for the item that you choose.
Biofreeze Classic Pain Relief Gel, Original Green Formula: 3 oz Tube
This legendary formula is supported by clinically proven research to provide temporary relief from pain associated with sprains, strains, sore muscles, bruises and joint discomfort. The ingredients found in Biofreeze products are all U.S. Pharmacopeia-grade and are completely propylene glycol and paraben free. Also available is a dye-free/colorless option.
These products can be massage applied and are well-suited for large muscle areas that respond well to hands-on therapy. Such as: shoulders, neck, back, hips, elbows, wrists, hands, knees, ankles, and feet.
These products are well known for fast penetration and quick temporary relief of aches and pains.
Questions: Contact Manufacturer at 1-800-246-3733
Features
Applies Easier
Penetrates Quickly
Available Sizes to Choose From:
Green, 3 oz Tube
Colorless, 3 oz Tube
Green, 2.5 oz Roll-On
Green, 8 oz Pump
Colorless, 3 oz 360° Spray
Uses
Helps to provide temporary relief from aches and pains in muscles and joints.
Ingredients
Check ingredients for the item that you choose.
Biofreeze Classic Pain Relief Gel, Original Green Formula: 3 oz Tube
Performance Health Inc. 120 Marc Drive Cuyahoga Falls, OH 44223
"|"Biofreeze Classic Pain Gel"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BIOFREEZE-CLASSIC-GREEN-ROLLON-2-5OZ :BIOFREEZE-CLASSIC-COLORLESS-SPRAY-3OZ :BIOFREEZE-CLASSIC-GREEN-PUMP-8OZ :BIOFREEZE-CLASSIC-GREEN-TUBE-3OZ :BIOFREEZE-CLASSIC-COLORLESS-TUBE-3OZ)"|""|||
biofreeze-11001|biofreeze-11001|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Cold Therapy Gel Tube Green 4 oz"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-11001.html"|(12.49)|||"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Green Cold Therapy Pain Relief Gel , Tube - 4oz Biofreeze took the #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic and made it even better.
Deep Penetrating, Long Lasting Pain Relief From: Arthritis, Sore Muscles & Joints, and Back Pain.
Applies easier and penetrates quickly
Enhanced and more natural formula
Proprietary herbal blend
100% paraben-free
Effective skin conditioners
Greaseless and non-staining with vanishing scent
Manufactured in the USA
Not tested on animals
Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.
Biofreeze Pain Reliever delivers targeted pain relief with the benefits of cryotherapy to treat athletic and muscle related injuries, sore or strained muscles, shoulder and arm discomfort, neck, hip and leg pain, back pain, painful joints, ankle or foot pain, and pain associated with bruising, and arthritis.
Directions:
Follow diagrams on packaging for correct application
Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Rub a thin film over affected areas not more than 4 times daily; massage not necessary.
Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.
Warnings:
For external use only.
NO NSAIDS, Ibuprofen, Aspirin, or Salicylate Flammable. May cause eye irritation. May be harmful if swallowed. First Aid Measures Inhalation: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Call a poison center or doctor/physician if victim feels unwell. Skin Contact: Not applicable. Eye Contact: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention.
Ingestion: Do NOT induce vomiting. Immediately call a poison center or doctor/physician
Ask a doctor before use if you have sensitive skin.
When using this product:
Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes, do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
Do not bandage.
Wash hands after use with cool water.
Do not use with heating pad or device.
Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur
If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.
If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.
"|"Biofreeze Cold Therapy Gel Tube Green 4 oz"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
biofreeze-10020|biofreeze-10020|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Spray 16 oz"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-10020.html"|(35.95)|(19.95)|T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Spray 16 oz (3 Pack)"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
biofreeze-10001x3|biofreeze-10001x3|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Tube 4 oz (Pack of 3) March 2018"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-10001x3.html"|(29.95)|||"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Pain Relieving Gel with ILEX Tube Biofreeze Tube - Pain Relief That Works®
Important: These products are genuine BioFreeze products, suitable for consumer use. However, they may ship in International packaging, making them inappropriate for some wholesale/retail buyers.
Deep Penetrating, Long Lasting Pain Relief From: Arthritis, Sore Muscles & Joints, and Back Pain.
Tube allows greater amount of product in the hand for application
Greaseless
Stainless
Vanishing Scent
Cryotherapy - the cold method®
Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.
"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Tube 4 oz (Pack of 3) March 2018"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
biofreeze-10040|biofreeze-10040|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Singles On the Go 10 ea"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-10040.html"|(10.95)|||"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze® Pain Relieving On-The-Go Singles - (10 Applications Each) Biofreeze® took the #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic and made it even better and portable for on-the-go.
Effective Natural Pain Relief for Sore Muscles and Joints.
Biofreeze® is a #1 clinically used and recommended topical analgesic (muscle rub). It uses USP-grade menthol as an active ingredient providing a highly effective short term pain relief which then promotes faster recovery. Apply it easily to affected areas for fast and effective relief of pain related injuries (sore muscles, muscle sprains, muscle strains, sore joints, arthritis, and bruises). Biofreeze® Singles contain the power of Biofreeze in a stamp-sized package that is perfect to take with you wherever you go. You can have pain relief with you - anytime, anywhere! The formula is a botanical blend including MSM, Ilex, Arnica, Calendula, Chamomile, Echinacea, Juniper Berry, and White Tea. To use the Singles, simple hold the edges, fold them together, apply it, and continue on your day. It's easy to use, mess-free, and fits anywhere.
Perfect when you're always "On-The-Go"
Singles come in a convenient 10 count dispenser box.
Paraben free
Biofreeze® is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.
Questions: Manufacturer at 1-800-246-3733 or Visit: www.biofreeze.com
Features:
Applies easily and penetrates quickly
Proprietary herbal blend
100% paraben-free
Greaseless and non-staining with vanishing scent
A no mess topical pain reliever that goes wherever you go: for arthritis, sore muscles, and joint discomfort.
Uses:
Biofreeze® Pain Relieving Singles delivers targeted pain relief with the benefits of cryotherapy to treat athletic and muscle related injuries, sore or strained muscles, shoulder and arm discomfort, neck, hip and leg pain, back pain, painful joints, ankle or foot pain, and pain associated with bruising, and arthritis.
The Singles are the ideal size for:
Running
Hiking
Biking
Travel
Purse
Golf Bag
Pocket
Gym Bag
Desk
Backpack
Car
And More...
Anytime. Anywhere.
Directions:
Adults and children 2 years of age and older: Apply on to the affected areas not more than 4 times daily.
Children under 2 years of age: Consult physician.
Follow diagrams on packaging for correct application
Step 1: Hold on Opposite Sides
Step 2: Fold Sides Down Away From Pad
Step 3: Apply Squeeze Liquid Into Pad and Apply
Warnings:
NO NSAIDS, Ibuprofen, Aspirin, or Salicylate
For external use only.
Flammable. Keep away from excessive heat or open flame.
May cause eye irritation.
May be harmful if swallowed.
FIRST AID MEASURES
Inhalation: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. Call a poison center or doctor/physician if victim feels unwell.
Skin Contact: Not applicable.
Eye Contact: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention.
WHEN USING THIS PRODUCT:
Avoid contact with the eyes or mucous membranes.
Do not apply to wounds or damaged skin.
Do not use with other ointments, creams, sprays or liniments.
Do not apply to irritated skin or if excessive irritation develops.
Do not bandage.
Wash hands after use with cool water.
Do not use with heating pad or device.
Stop use and ask a doctor if condition worsens, or if symptoms persist for more than 7 days, or clear up and recur
If pregnant or breast-feeding, ask a health professional before use.
If accidentally ingested, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.
Ingredients:
Active Ingredients: Menthol USP (10%) (Cooling Pain Reliever). Other Ingredients: Arnica Montana, Calendula, Chamomile, Dimethyl Sulfone, Echinacea, Ethanol, ILEX Paraguarenis, Isopropyl Myristate, Juniper Berry, Water, White Tea
Other Information:
Store in a cool dry place with lid closed tightly. Manufactured in the USA Not tested on animals
"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Spray - 4 oz (Pack of 3) # BUSASN04-001"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
biofreeze-professional-gel-clinic-size|biofreeze-professional-gel-clinic-size|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Professional Gel - Clinical Sizes"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-professional-gel-clinic-size.html"|(114.95)||T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel - Clinical Sizes
Biofreeze Professional Long Lasting Gel is a cooling formulation that provides pain relief to sore and sprained muscles while helping reduce the effects of muscular strains. This soothing menthol transmits pain and non-pain neurons through the A-beta nerve fiber overriding the perception of pain signaled to the brain. This will prevent pain from being recognized by the sensory neurons in and around the affected area of the body.
"|"Biofreeze Professional Gel - Clinical Sizes"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BIOFREEZE-PROFESSIONAL-11530-3 :BIOFREEZE-PROFESSIONAL-11540-3 :BIOFREEZE-PROFESSIONAL-11550 :BIOFREEZE-PROFESSIONAL-11640-3 :BIOFREEZE-PROFESSIONAL-12030-3 :BIOFREEZE-PROFESSIONAL-13439)"|""|||
biofreeze-professional-gel-patient-size|biofreeze-professional-gel-patient-size|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Professional Gel - Patient Sizes"|"http://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-professional-gel-patient-size.html"|(79.95)||T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel - Patient Sizes
Biofreeze Professional Long Lasting Gel is a cooling formulation that provides pain relief to sore and sprained muscles while helping reduce the effects of muscular strains. This soothing menthol transmits pain and non-pain neurons through the A-beta nerve fiber overriding the perception of pain signaled to the brain. This will prevent pain from being recognized by the sensory neurons in and around the affected area of the body.
"|"Biofreeze Professional Gel - Patient Sizes"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BIOFREEZE-PROFESSIONAL-11520-6 :BIOFREEZE-PROFESSIONAL-11620-6 :BIOFREEZE-PROFESSIONAL-11710-6 :BIOFREEZE-PROFESSIONAL-11810-6 :BIOFREEZE-PROFESSIONAL-11920-6 :BIOFREEZE-PROFESSIONAL-12020-6)"|""|||
biofreeze-professional-12020exp518|biofreeze-professional-12020exp518|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel, 360 Spray - 4 oz Expires May 2018"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-professional-12020exp518.html"|(61.95)|(9.95)||"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|""|"Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel, 360 Spray - 4 oz Expires May 2018"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
biofreeze-professional-12020-6|biofreeze-professional-12020-6|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel, 360 Spray - 4 oz - 6 Pack"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-professional-12020-6.html"|(89.95)||T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel - Patient Sizes
Biofreeze Professional Long Lasting Gel is a cooling formulation that provides pain relief to sore and sprained muscles while helping reduce the effects of muscular strains. This soothing menthol transmits pain and non-pain neurons through the A-beta nerve fiber overriding the perception of pain signaled to the brain. This will prevent pain from being recognized by the sensory neurons in and around the affected area of the body.
"|"Biofreeze Professional Gel, 360 Spray - 4 oz - 6 Pack"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
biofreeze-professional-11640-3|biofreeze-professional-11640-3|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel, Colorless Pump - 32 oz - 3 Pack"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-professional-11640-3.html"|(159.95)||T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel - Clinical Sizes
Biofreeze Professional Long Lasting Gel is a cooling formulation that provides pain relief to sore and sprained muscles while helping reduce the effects of muscular strains. This soothing menthol transmits pain and non-pain neurons through the A-beta nerve fiber overriding the perception of pain signaled to the brain. This will prevent pain from being recognized by the sensory neurons in and around the affected area of the body.
"|"Biofreeze Professional Gel, Colorless Pump - 32 oz - 3 Pack"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
biofreeze-professional-11810-6|biofreeze-professional-11810-6|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel, Colorless Roll-On - 3 oz - 6 Pack"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-professional-11810-6.html"|(79.95)||T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel - Patient Sizes
Biofreeze Professional Long Lasting Gel is a cooling formulation that provides pain relief to sore and sprained muscles while helping reduce the effects of muscular strains. This soothing menthol transmits pain and non-pain neurons through the A-beta nerve fiber overriding the perception of pain signaled to the brain. This will prevent pain from being recognized by the sensory neurons in and around the affected area of the body.
"|"Biofreeze Professional Gel, Colorless Roll-On - 3 oz - 6 Pack"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
biofreeze-professional-11620-6|biofreeze-professional-11620-6|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel, Colorless Tube - 4 oz - 6 Pack"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-professional-11620-6.html"|(79.95)||T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel - Patient Sizes
Biofreeze Professional Long Lasting Gel is a cooling formulation that provides pain relief to sore and sprained muscles while helping reduce the effects of muscular strains. This soothing menthol transmits pain and non-pain neurons through the A-beta nerve fiber overriding the perception of pain signaled to the brain. This will prevent pain from being recognized by the sensory neurons in and around the affected area of the body.
"|"Biofreeze Professional Gel, Colorless Tube - 4 oz - 6 Pack"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
biofreeze-professional-11530-3|biofreeze-professional-11530-3|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel, Green Pump - 16 oz - 3 Pack"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-professional-11530-3.html"|(114.95)||T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel - Clinical Sizes
Biofreeze Professional Long Lasting Gel is a cooling formulation that provides pain relief to sore and sprained muscles while helping reduce the effects of muscular strains. This soothing menthol transmits pain and non-pain neurons through the A-beta nerve fiber overriding the perception of pain signaled to the brain. This will prevent pain from being recognized by the sensory neurons in and around the affected area of the body.
"|"Biofreeze Professional Gel, Green Pump - 16 oz - 3 Pack"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
biofreeze-professional-11540-3|biofreeze-professional-11540-3|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel, Green Pump - 32 oz - 3 Pack"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-professional-11540-3.html"|(159.95)||T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel - Clinical Sizes
Biofreeze Professional Long Lasting Gel is a cooling formulation that provides pain relief to sore and sprained muscles while helping reduce the effects of muscular strains. This soothing menthol transmits pain and non-pain neurons through the A-beta nerve fiber overriding the perception of pain signaled to the brain. This will prevent pain from being recognized by the sensory neurons in and around the affected area of the body.
"|"Biofreeze Professional Gel, Green Pump - 32 oz - 3 Pack"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
biofreeze-professional-11550|biofreeze-professional-11550|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel, Green Pump - Gallon"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-professional-11550.html"|(159.95)||T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel - Clinical Sizes
Biofreeze Professional Long Lasting Gel is a cooling formulation that provides pain relief to sore and sprained muscles while helping reduce the effects of muscular strains. This soothing menthol transmits pain and non-pain neurons through the A-beta nerve fiber overriding the perception of pain signaled to the brain. This will prevent pain from being recognized by the sensory neurons in and around the affected area of the body.
"|"Biofreeze Professional Gel, Green Pump - Gallon"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
biofreeze-professional-11710-6|biofreeze-professional-11710-6|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel, Green Roll-On - 3 oz - 6 Pack"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-professional-11710-6.html"|(79.95)||T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel - Patient Sizes
Biofreeze Professional Long Lasting Gel is a cooling formulation that provides pain relief to sore and sprained muscles while helping reduce the effects of muscular strains. This soothing menthol transmits pain and non-pain neurons through the A-beta nerve fiber overriding the perception of pain signaled to the brain. This will prevent pain from being recognized by the sensory neurons in and around the affected area of the body.
"|"Biofreeze Professional Gel, Green Roll-On - 3 oz - 6 Pack"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
biofreeze-professional-11710exp818|biofreeze-professional-11710exp818|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel, Green Roll-On - 3 oz Expires Aug 2018"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-professional-11710exp818.html"|(47.95)|(9.95)||"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|""|"Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel, Green Roll-On - 3 oz Expires Aug 2018"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
biofreeze-professional-11520-6|biofreeze-professional-11520-6|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel, Green Tube - 4 oz - 6 Pack"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-professional-11520-6.html"|(79.95)||T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel - Patient Sizes
Biofreeze Professional Long Lasting Gel is a cooling formulation that provides pain relief to sore and sprained muscles while helping reduce the effects of muscular strains. This soothing menthol transmits pain and non-pain neurons through the A-beta nerve fiber overriding the perception of pain signaled to the brain. This will prevent pain from being recognized by the sensory neurons in and around the affected area of the body.
"|"Biofreeze Professional Gel, Green Tube - 4 oz - 6 Pack"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
biofreeze-professional-11920-6|biofreeze-professional-11920-6|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel, Hands Free Tube - 4 oz- 6 Pack"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-professional-11920-6.html"|(89.95)||T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel - Patient Sizes
Biofreeze Professional Long Lasting Gel is a cooling formulation that provides pain relief to sore and sprained muscles while helping reduce the effects of muscular strains. This soothing menthol transmits pain and non-pain neurons through the A-beta nerve fiber overriding the perception of pain signaled to the brain. This will prevent pain from being recognized by the sensory neurons in and around the affected area of the body.
"|"Biofreeze Professional Gel, Hands Free Tube - 4 oz- 6 Pack"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
biofreeze-professional-12030-3|biofreeze-professional-12030-3|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel, Spray - 16 oz - 3 Pack"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-professional-12030-3.html"|(119.95)||T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel - Clinical Sizes
Biofreeze Professional Long Lasting Gel is a cooling formulation that provides pain relief to sore and sprained muscles while helping reduce the effects of muscular strains. This soothing menthol transmits pain and non-pain neurons through the A-beta nerve fiber overriding the perception of pain signaled to the brain. This will prevent pain from being recognized by the sensory neurons in and around the affected area of the body.
"|"Biofreeze Professional Gel, Spray - 16 oz - 3 Pack"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
biofreeze-professional-13439|biofreeze-professional-13439|PRODUCTS|"Biofreeze Professional Pain Relieving Gel, Starter Kit"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/biofreeze-professional-13439.html"|(195.95)||T|"Biofreeze"|""|""|""|"
Biofreeze Professional Gel, Starter Kit
Biofreeze® Professional Long Lasting Gel is a cooling formulation that provides pain relief to sore and sprained muscles while helping reduce the effects of muscular strains. This soothing menthol transmits pain and non-pain neurons through the A-beta nerve fiber overriding the perception of pain signaled to the brain. This will prevent pain from being recognized by the sensory neurons in and around the affected area of the body.Order Biofreeze® at wholesale prices from OTC Wholesale today.
Deep Penetrating, Long Lasting Pain Relief From: Arthritis, Sore Muscles & Joints, and Back Pain.
Important: These products are genuine BioFreeze products, suitable for consumer use. However, they may ship in International packaging, making them inappropriate for some wholesale/retail buyers.
Tube allows greater amount of product in the hand for application
Greaseless
Stainless
Vanishing Scent
Cryotherapy - the cold method®
Biofreeze is formulated for authorized distribution through Hands-On Health Professional for the patients, clients & athletes under their care.
"|"Biofreeze Pain Relieving Gel Tube 4 oz March 2018"|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|""|||
biomedical-life-systems|biomedical-life-systems|SECTIONS|"Biomedical Life Systems"|""|(0)|||""|""|""|""|"
If you suffer from chronic pain, you know just how difficult it can be to get the relief you need. At OTC Wholesale, we offer Transcutaneous Electrical Nerve Stimulator (TENS) units from Biomedical Life Systems and others to ensure that every customer has a chance at a pain-free life. TENS units stimulate nerve endings in the body to reduce pain caused by arthritis and other health conditions. You can now get an at-home TENS unit for yourself at a discount price by shopping online at OTC Wholesale.
Biomedical Life Systems provides high-quality TENS units that can help you deal with the pain you suffer from by providing quick, easy relief. These units are easy to operate and will last for many uses to come. At OTC Wholesale, we don't want your budget to keep you from living a life with less pain. That's why we offer discount prices every day on the healthcare products you need. Place your order for Biomedical Life Systems TENS units and other medical wholesale items at OTC Wholesale today.
"|"BioMedical"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BIOMEDICAL-00301 :BIOMEDICAL-00302)"|""|||
bionime||SECTIONS|"Bionime"|""||||""|""|""|""|"The new blood glucose monitoring system presented by BIONIME Corporation -- the Bionime Rightest GM300 Blood Glucose Monitoring System, is accurate in testing patients' blood glucose level. The Bionime monitor will save the readings in the system to ensure overall blood glucose stabile management. Its design is safe, convenient and user-friendly. Diabetes patients can rest assured and trust the safety of the Bionime GM300.
We buy Bionime and other diabetic supplies in quantity and pass the savings along to our on-line retail customers. If you are a retailer or are interested in a quote for larger quantities, please call or email us by clicking here. "|"Bionime Diabetic Supply Center Bionime GM300 Rightest Blood Glucose Meter Kit Bionime GS300 Diabetic Test Strips"|""|""|""|""|""|""|"(:BIONIME-00028 :BIONIME-00029 :BIONIME-00029-100 :BIONIME-00029EXP618)"|""|||
bionime-00028|bionime-00028|PRODUCTS|"Bionime Rightest GM100 Blood Glucose Monitoring System"|"https://www.otcwholesale.com/bionime-00028.html"|(19.95)|||"Bionime"|""|""|""|"
Bionime Rightest GM100 Blood Glucose Monitoring System New! Noble Metal Electrode Strip
The Bionime Rightest GM 100 Blood Glucose Monitoring System's ergonomic design makes it easy to handle, especially for those who suffer from arthritis, obesity, lost movement from stroke, or any other paralysis.
Proven Reliable and Accurate Results
Easy to Handle, Easy to Fill Test Strips
Results Available in Seconds
Test From Multiple Locations with Less Pain
The new blood glucose monitoring system presented by BIONIME Corporation -- the Rightest GM100 Blood Glucose Monitoring System, is accurate in testing patients' blood glucose level. The device will save the readings in the system to ensure overall blood glucose stabile management. Its design is safe, convenient and user-friendly. Diabetes patients can rest assured and trust the safety of GM100.
The GS100 test strip applies patented precious metal electrodes which have excellent conductivity and catalytic effect. It is an excellent electro-transmission medium, and laboratory-grade electrode made cheap and affordable for disposable test strips. Working with GM100 Blood Glucose Monitoring System, the blood glucose level can be accurately measured in turn giving diabetes patients the most considerate care.
Proven Reliable and Accurate Results
Easy to Handle, Easy to Fill Test Strips
Results Available in Seconds
Test From Multiple Locations with Less Pain
Using nano technology precious metal electrode, injection molding test strips, and non-wire design features, diabetes patients only need to take a minute amount of blood sample (less than 1.4 microliters) to perform a blood glucose test in a simple, convenient and safe manner.
The GS100 test strip applies patented precious metal electrodes which have excellent conductivity and catalytic effect. It is an excellent electro-transmission medium, and laboratory-grade electrode made cheap and affordable for disposable test strips. Working with GM100 Blood Glucose Monitoring System, the blood glucose level can be accurately measured in turn giving diabetes patients the most considerate care.
Proven Reliable and Accurate Results
Easy to Handle, Easy to Fill Test Strips
Results Available in Seconds
Test From Multiple Locations with Less Pain
Using nano technology precious metal electrode, injection molding test strips, and non-wire design features, diabetes patients only need to take a minute amount of blood sample (less than 1.4 microliters) to perform a blood glucose test in a simple, convenient and safe manner.
You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!
"Prewired" Reusable Self-Adhering Electrodes For Electrotherapy Stimulation
Superior silver-coated electrodes deliver more current with better distribution across the entire pad.
Molded wire connector for reliability and durability.
Flexible solid-carbon pad for maximum charge delivery and comfort.
White Cloth-Mesh backing for comfort and durability.
US made high-stick Ludlow Gel for up to 15-20 uses.
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-201-3958 or Visit: www.leadlok.com
Features:
Shown here are the results of a Dispersion Meter Test
An electrical current is passed through each electrode for a period of 60 seconds. The electrical voltage output is identical for each electrode. The shaded area shows the current being dispersed through the electrodes. Because of Lead-Lok's unique manufacturing process, these electrodes are able to fully disperse the electrical current across the entire surface of the electrode.
We also use copper lead wires with special heads that help promote greater dispersion and prevent wire pull out. Finally, we use only the finest gel on the market today for greater reusability and superior performance. You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!
Directions:
Clean and dry application site as needed.
Open the pouch. Save pouch.
Remove electrode from package and peel electrode away from release sheet. Save release sheet.
If electrode seems dry, add a few drops of water to moisten.
Place electrode on exact skin location (this should be determined by a licensed practitioner or therapist).
Apply finger pressure to electrode edge and lightly press entire electrode to assure adequate contact with patients skin.
Attach electrode lead wires to electrical stimulator/therapy device.
Removal and Storage:
Turn off electrical stimulator.
Disconnect lead wire from electrode(s).
Remove electrode from patient by lifting edge of electrode, not by wire.
For storage, replace electrode on release sheet and into pouch. Re-seal package, and store at room temperature.
Warnings:
Discontinue use and notify licensed practitioner or therapist if rash develops.
Electrode size, shape, and type may effect the safety and effectiveness of treatment. Using an electrode size or shape not recommended by the device manufacturer or your practitioner may result in thermal burning.
Federal law requires sales to be by or on the order of a licensed practitioner or therapist.
Other Information:
Electrodes should be replaced periodically when they lose their adhesive quality.
You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!
"Prewired" Reusable Self-Adhering Electrodes For Electrotherapy Stimulation
Superior silver-coated electrodes deliver more current with better distribution across the entire pad.
Molded wire connector for reliability and durability.
Flexible solid-carbon pad for maximum charge delivery and comfort.
White Cloth-Mesh backing for comfort and durability.
US made high-stick Ludlow Gel for up to 15-20 uses.
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-201-3958 or Visit: www.leadlok.com
Features:
Shown here are the results of a Dispersion Meter Test
An electrical current is passed through each electrode for a period of 60 seconds. The electrical voltage output is identical for each electrode. The shaded area shows the current being dispersed through the electrodes. Because of Lead-Lok's unique manufacturing process, these electrodes are able to fully disperse the electrical current across the entire surface of the electrode.
We also use copper lead wires with special heads that help promote greater dispersion and prevent wire pull out. Finally, we use only the finest gel on the market today for greater reusability and superior performance. You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!
Directions:
Clean and dry application site as needed.
Open the pouch. Save pouch.
Remove electrode from package and peel electrode away from release sheet. Save release sheet.
If electrode seems dry, add a few drops of water to moisten.
Place electrode on exact skin location (this should be determined by a licensed practitioner or therapist).
Apply finger pressure to electrode edge and lightly press entire electrode to assure adequate contact with patients skin.
Attach electrode lead wires to electrical stimulator/therapy device.
Removal and Storage:
Turn off electrical stimulator.
Disconnect lead wire from electrode(s).
Remove electrode from patient by lifting edge of electrode, not by wire.
For storage, replace electrode on release sheet and into pouch. Re-seal package, and store at room temperature.
Warnings:
Discontinue use and notify licensed practitioner or therapist if rash develops.
Electrode size, shape, and type may effect the safety and effectiveness of treatment. Using an electrode size or shape not recommended by the device manufacturer or your practitioner may result in thermal burning.
Federal law requires sales to be by or on the order of a licensed practitioner or therapist.
Other Information:
Electrodes should be replaced periodically when they lose their adhesive quality.
You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!
"Prewired" Reusable Self-Adhering Electrodes For Electrotherapy Stimulation
Superior silver-coated electrodes deliver more current with better distribution across the entire pad.
Molded wire connector for reliability and durability.
Flexible solid-carbon pad for maximum charge delivery and comfort.
White Cloth-Mesh backing for comfort and durability.
US made high-stick Ludlow Gel for up to 15-20 uses.
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-201-3958 or Visit: www.leadlok.com
Features:
Shown here are the results of a Dispersion Meter Test
An electrical current is passed through each electrode for a period of 60 seconds. The electrical voltage output is identical for each electrode. The shaded area shows the current being dispersed through the electrodes. Because of Lead-Lok's unique manufacturing process, these electrodes are able to fully disperse the electrical current across the entire surface of the electrode.
We also use copper lead wires with special heads that help promote greater dispersion and prevent wire pull out. Finally, we use only the finest gel on the market today for greater reusability and superior performance. You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!
Directions:
Clean and dry application site as needed.
Open the pouch. Save pouch.
Remove electrode from package and peel electrode away from release sheet. Save release sheet.
If electrode seems dry, add a few drops of water to moisten.
Place electrode on exact skin location (this should be determined by a licensed practitioner or therapist).
Apply finger pressure to electrode edge and lightly press entire electrode to assure adequate contact with patients skin.
Attach electrode lead wires to electrical stimulator/therapy device.
Removal and Storage:
Turn off electrical stimulator.
Disconnect lead wire from electrode(s).
Remove electrode from patient by lifting edge of electrode, not by wire.
For storage, replace electrode on release sheet and into pouch. Re-seal package, and store at room temperature.
Warnings:
Discontinue use and notify licensed practitioner or therapist if rash develops.
Electrode size, shape, and type may effect the safety and effectiveness of treatment. Using an electrode size or shape not recommended by the device manufacturer or your practitioner may result in thermal burning.
Federal law requires sales to be by or on the order of a licensed practitioner or therapist.
Other Information:
Electrodes should be replaced periodically when they lose their adhesive quality.
You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!
"Prewired" Reusable Self-Adhering Electrodes For Electrotherapy Stimulation
Superior silver-coated electrodes deliver more current with better distribution across the entire pad.
Molded wire connector for reliability and durability.
Flexible solid-carbon pad for maximum charge delivery and comfort.
White Cloth-Mesh backing for comfort and durability.
US made high-stick Ludlow Gel for up to 15-20 uses.
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-201-3958 or Visit: www.leadlok.com
Features:
Shown here are the results of a Dispersion Meter Test
An electrical current is passed through each electrode for a period of 60 seconds. The electrical voltage output is identical for each electrode. The shaded area shows the current being dispersed through the electrodes. Because of Lead-Lok's unique manufacturing process, these electrodes are able to fully disperse the electrical current across the entire surface of the electrode.
We also use copper lead wires with special heads that help promote greater dispersion and prevent wire pull out. Finally, we use only the finest gel on the market today for greater reusability and superior performance. You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!
Directions:
Clean and dry application site as needed.
Open the pouch. Save pouch.
Remove electrode from package and peel electrode away from release sheet. Save release sheet.
If electrode seems dry, add a few drops of water to moisten.
Place electrode on exact skin location (this should be determined by a licensed practitioner or therapist).
Apply finger pressure to electrode edge and lightly press entire electrode to assure adequate contact with patients skin.
Attach electrode lead wires to electrical stimulator/therapy device.
Removal and Storage:
Turn off electrical stimulator.
Disconnect lead wire from electrode(s).
Remove electrode from patient by lifting edge of electrode, not by wire.
For storage, replace electrode on release sheet and into pouch. Re-seal package, and store at room temperature.
Warnings:
Discontinue use and notify licensed practitioner or therapist if rash develops.
Electrode size, shape, and type may effect the safety and effectiveness of treatment. Using an electrode size or shape not recommended by the device manufacturer or your practitioner may result in thermal burning.
Federal law requires sales to be by or on the order of a licensed practitioner or therapist.
Other Information:
Electrodes should be replaced periodically when they lose their adhesive quality.
You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!
"Prewired" Reusable Self-Adhering Electrodes For Electrotherapy Stimulation
Superior silver-coated electrodes deliver more current with better distribution across the entire pad.
Molded wire connector for reliability and durability.
Flexible solid-carbon pad for maximum charge delivery and comfort.
White Cloth-Mesh backing for comfort and durability.
US made high-stick Ludlow Gel for up to 15-20 uses.
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-201-3958 or Visit: www.leadlok.com
Features:
Shown here are the results of a Dispersion Meter Test
An electrical current is passed through each electrode for a period of 60 seconds. The electrical voltage output is identical for each electrode. The shaded area shows the current being dispersed through the electrodes. Because of Lead-Lok's unique manufacturing process, these electrodes are able to fully disperse the electrical current across the entire surface of the electrode.
We also use copper lead wires with special heads that help promote greater dispersion and prevent wire pull out. Finally, we use only the finest gel on the market today for greater reusability and superior performance. You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!
Directions:
Clean and dry application site as needed.
Open the pouch. Save pouch.
Remove electrode from package and peel electrode away from release sheet. Save release sheet.
If electrode seems dry, add a few drops of water to moisten.
Place electrode on exact skin location (this should be determined by a licensed practitioner or therapist).
Apply finger pressure to electrode edge and lightly press entire electrode to assure adequate contact with patients skin.
Attach electrode lead wires to electrical stimulator/therapy device.
Removal and Storage:
Turn off electrical stimulator.
Disconnect lead wire from electrode(s).
Remove electrode from patient by lifting edge of electrode, not by wire.
For storage, replace electrode on release sheet and into pouch. Re-seal package, and store at room temperature.
Warnings:
Discontinue use and notify licensed practitioner or therapist if rash develops.
Electrode size, shape, and type may effect the safety and effectiveness of treatment. Using an electrode size or shape not recommended by the device manufacturer or your practitioner may result in thermal burning.
Federal law requires sales to be by or on the order of a licensed practitioner or therapist.
Other Information:
Electrodes should be replaced periodically when they lose their adhesive quality.
You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!
"Prewired" Reusable Self-Adhering Electrodes For Electrotherapy Stimulation
Superior silver-coated electrodes deliver more current with better distribution across the entire pad.
Molded wire connector for reliability and durability.
Flexible solid-carbon pad for maximum charge delivery and comfort.
White Cloth-Mesh backing for comfort and durability.
US made high-stick Ludlow Gel for up to 15-20 uses.
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-201-3958 or Visit: www.leadlok.com
Features:
Shown here are the results of a Dispersion Meter Test
An electrical current is passed through each electrode for a period of 60 seconds. The electrical voltage output is identical for each electrode. The shaded area shows the current being dispersed through the electrodes. Because of Lead-Lok's unique manufacturing process, these electrodes are able to fully disperse the electrical current across the entire surface of the electrode.
We also use copper lead wires with special heads that help promote greater dispersion and prevent wire pull out. Finally, we use only the finest gel on the market today for greater reusability and superior performance. You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!
Directions:
Clean and dry application site as needed.
Open the pouch. Save pouch.
Remove electrode from package and peel electrode away from release sheet. Save release sheet.
If electrode seems dry, add a few drops of water to moisten.
Place electrode on exact skin location (this should be determined by a licensed practitioner or therapist).
Apply finger pressure to electrode edge and lightly press entire electrode to assure adequate contact with patients skin.
Attach electrode lead wires to electrical stimulator/therapy device.
Removal and Storage:
Turn off electrical stimulator.
Disconnect lead wire from electrode(s).
Remove electrode from patient by lifting edge of electrode, not by wire.
For storage, replace electrode on release sheet and into pouch. Re-seal package, and store at room temperature.
Warnings:
Discontinue use and notify licensed practitioner or therapist if rash develops.
Electrode size, shape, and type may effect the safety and effectiveness of treatment. Using an electrode size or shape not recommended by the device manufacturer or your practitioner may result in thermal burning.
Federal law requires sales to be by or on the order of a licensed practitioner or therapist.
Other Information:
Electrodes should be replaced periodically when they lose their adhesive quality.
You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!
"Prewired" Reusable Self-Adhering Electrodes For Electrotherapy Stimulation
Superior silver-coated electrodes deliver more current with better distribution across the entire pad.
Molded wire connector for reliability and durability.
Flexible solid-carbon pad for maximum charge delivery and comfort.
White Cloth-Mesh backing for comfort and durability.
US made high-stick Ludlow Gel for up to 15-20 uses.
Questions: Call Manufacturer at 1-800-201-3958 or Visit: www.leadlok.com
Features:
Shown here are the results of a Dispersion Meter Test
An electrical current is passed through each electrode for a period of 60 seconds. The electrical voltage output is identical for each electrode. The shaded area shows the current being dispersed through the electrodes. Because of Lead-Lok's unique manufacturing process, these electrodes are able to fully disperse the electrical current across the entire surface of the electrode.
We also use copper lead wires with special heads that help promote greater dispersion and prevent wire pull out. Finally, we use only the finest gel on the market today for greater reusability and superior performance. You simply cannot buy a better TENS Unit Electrode!
Directions:
Clean and dry application site as needed.
Open the pouch. Save pouch.
Remove electrode from package and peel electrode away from release sheet. Save release sheet.
If electrode seems dry, add a few drops of water to moisten.
Place electrode on exact skin location (this should be determined by a licensed practitioner or therapist).
Apply finger pressure to electrode edge and lightly press entire electrode to ass